Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-Q

 

(Mark One)

 

x       QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2014

 

or

 

o          TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from         to         

 

Commission file number: 001-33437

 


 

KKR FINANCIAL HOLDINGS LLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

11-3801844

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

555 California Street, 50 th  Floor
San Francisco, CA

 

94104

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (415) 315-3620

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  x  Yes   o  No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  x   No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  x

 

Accelerated filer  o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  o  Yes   x  No

 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common shares outstanding as of May 1, 2014 was 204,824,159.

 

 

 


 



Table of Contents

 

PART I.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

 

KKR Financial Holdings LLC and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands, except share information)

 

 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

185,073

 

$

157,167

 

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

 

835,660

 

350,385

 

Securities

 

557,757

 

573,312

 

Corporate loans, net (includes $233,927 and $237,480 measured at estimated fair value and $510,687 and $279,748 loans held for sale as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

 

6,202,732

 

6,466,720

 

Equity investments, at estimated fair value ($83,187 and zero pledged as collateral as of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

 

285,988

 

181,212

 

Oil and gas properties, net

 

427,672

 

400,369

 

Interests in joint ventures and partnerships

 

516,375

 

436,241

 

Derivative assets

 

27,053

 

30,224

 

Interest and principal receivable

 

33,036

 

33,570

 

Other assets

 

90,983

 

87,998

 

Total assets

 

$

9,162,329

 

$

8,717,198

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized loan obligation secured notes

 

$

5,711,885

 

$

5,249,383

 

Credit facilities

 

49,889

 

125,289

 

Senior notes

 

362,302

 

362,276

 

Junior subordinated notes

 

283,517

 

283,517

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

50,858

 

58,215

 

Accrued interest payable

 

21,898

 

23,575

 

Related party payable

 

18,018

 

5,574

 

Derivative liabilities

 

84,876

 

81,635

 

Total liabilities

 

6,583,243

 

6,189,464

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred shares, no par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized and 14,950,000 issued and outstanding as of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Common shares, no par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, and 204,824,159 shares issued and outstanding as of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Paid-in-capital

 

3,315,958

 

3,315,117

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(21,372

)

(15,652

)

Accumulated deficit

 

(715,500

)

(771,731

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

2,579,086

 

2,527,734

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

9,162,329

 

$

8,717,198

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

KKR Financial Holdings LLC and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands, except per share information)

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

Loan interest income

 

$

84,294

 

$

98,261

 

Securities interest income

 

9,601

 

14,862

 

Oil and gas revenue

 

44,028

 

23,805

 

Other

 

2,667

 

3,522

 

Total revenues

 

140,590

 

140,450

 

Investment costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

47,245

 

41,880

 

Interest expense to affiliates

 

 

9,917

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

11,068

 

Oil and gas production costs

 

10,834

 

7,908

 

Oil and gas depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

15,542

 

8,988

 

Other

 

149

 

1,288

 

Total investment costs and expenses

 

73,770

 

81,049

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

 

77,764

 

94,727

 

Net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange

 

(8,370

)

(8,852

)

Net loss on restructuring and extinguishment of debt

 

 

(20,269

)

Other income

 

3,446

 

8,614

 

Total other income

 

72,840

 

74,220

 

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Related party management compensation

 

25,617

 

28,306

 

General, administrative and directors expenses

 

3,903

 

4,794

 

Professional services

 

1,938

 

1,727

 

Total other expenses

 

31,458

 

34,827

 

Income before income taxes

 

108,202

 

98,794

 

Income tax expense

 

19

 

458

 

Net income

 

$

108,183

 

$

98,336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred share distributions

 

6,891

 

6,738

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

101,292

 

$

91,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.49

 

$

0.46

 

Diluted

 

$

0.49

 

$

0.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

204,236

 

197,153

 

Diluted

 

204,236

 

197,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions declared per common share

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.26

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

KKR Financial Holdings LLC and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Net income

 

$

108,183

 

$

98,336

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale

 

(1,889

)

5,525

 

Unrealized (losses) gains on cash flow hedges

 

(3,831

)

11,158

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(5,720

)

16,683

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

102,463

 

$

115,019

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

KKR Financial Holdings LLC and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(Unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Shares

 

Common Shares

 

Other

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

Paid-In
Capital

 

Shares

 

Paid-In
Capital

 

Comprehensive
Loss

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Shareholders’
Equity

 

Balance at January 1, 2014

 

14,950

 

$

361,622

 

204,824

 

$

2,953,495

 

$

(15,652

)

$

(771,731

)

$

2,527,734

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

108,183

 

108,183

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

(5,720

)

 

(5,720

)

Distributions declared on preferred shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,891

)

(6,891

)

Distributions declared on common shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

(45,061

)

(45,061

)

Share-based compensation expense related to restricted common shares

 

 

 

 

841

 

 

 

841

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

 

14,950

 

$

361,622

 

204,824

 

$

2,954,336

 

$

(21,372

)

$

(715,500

)

$

2,579,086

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

KKR Financial Holdings LLC and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

108,183

 

$

98,336

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange

 

8,370

 

8,852

 

Net loss on restructuring and extinguishment of debt

 

 

20,269

 

Write-off of debt issuance costs

 

296

 

4,080

 

Lower of cost or estimated fair value adjustment on corporate loans held for sale

 

(8,351

)

4,749

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

11,068

 

Impairment charges

 

2,928

 

5,862

 

Share-based compensation

 

841

 

980

 

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

 

(72,341

)

(105,338

)

Depreciation and net amortization

 

12,324

 

(5,232

)

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest receivable

 

(3,609

)

1,921

 

Other assets

 

(7,245

)

(12,881

)

Related party payable

 

12,444

 

10,708

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

(14,781

)

84

 

Accrued interest payable

 

(1,677

)

(2,725

)

Accrued interest payable to affiliates

 

 

(1,055

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

37,382

 

39,678

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Principal payments from corporate loans

 

606,835

 

500,167

 

Principal payments from securities

 

20,197

 

57,342

 

Proceeds from sales of corporate loans

 

15,235

 

100,807

 

Proceeds from sales of securities

 

14,602

 

11,977

 

Proceeds from equity and other investments

 

42,464

 

2,007

 

Purchases of corporate loans

 

(403,502

)

(434,408

)

Purchases of securities

 

(62,211

)

(20,990

)

Purchases of equity and other investments

 

(81,458

)

(32,345

)

Net change in proceeds, purchases, and settlements of derivatives

 

(5,993

)

(2,019

)

Net change in restricted cash and cash equivalents

 

(485,275

)

174,292

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(339,106

)

356,830

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of collateralized loan obligation secured notes

 

515,354

 

 

Retirement of collateralized loan obligation secured notes

 

(54,449

)

(167,633

)

Repayment of credit facilities

 

(75,400

)

(61,700

)

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred shares

 

 

361,622

 

Distributions on common shares

 

(45,061

)

(53,243

)

Distributions on preferred shares

 

(6,891

)

 

Other capitalized costs

 

(3,923

)

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

329,630

 

79,046

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

27,906

 

475,554

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

157,167

 

237,606

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

185,073

 

$

713,160

 

Supplemental cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

40,542

 

$

43,494

 

Net cash paid for income taxes

 

$

23

 

$

4,462

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of restricted common shares

 

$

 

$

3,282

 

Loans transferred from held for investment to held for sale

 

$

238,115

 

$

21,388

 

Preferred share distributions declared, not yet paid

 

$

 

$

6,738

 

Conversion of convertible senior notes to common shares

 

$

 

$

186,254

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

7


 


Table of Contents

 

KKR FINANCIAL HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION

 

KKR Financial Holdings LLC together with its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “KFN”) is a specialty finance company with expertise in a range of asset classes. The Company’s core business strategy is to leverage the proprietary resources of KKR Financial Advisors LLC (the “Manager”) with the objective of generating both current income and capital appreciation by deploying capital to its strategies, which include bank loans and high yield securities, natural resources, special situations, mezzanine, commercial real estate and private equity with a focus on specialty lending. The Company’s holdings across these strategies primarily consist of below investment grade syndicated corporate loans, also known as leveraged loans, high yield debt securities, private equity, interests in joint ventures and partnerships, and working and royalty interests in oil and gas properties. The corporate loans that the Company holds are typically purchased via assignment or participation in the primary or secondary market.

 

The majority of the Company’s holdings consist of corporate loans and high yield debt securities held in collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) transactions that are structured as on-balance sheet securitizations and are used as long term financing for the Company’s investments in corporate debt. The senior secured debt issued by the CLO transactions is generally owned by unaffiliated third party investors and the Company owns the majority of the subordinated notes in the CLO transactions. The Company executes its core business strategy through its majority-owned subsidiaries, including CLOs.

 

The Manager, a wholly-owned subsidiary of KKR Asset Management LLC, manages the Company pursuant to a management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). KKR Asset Management LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”).

 

Proposed Merger with KKR & Co.

 

On December 16, 2013, the Company announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement pursuant to which KKR & Co. L.P. (“KKR & Co.”) has agreed to acquire all of KFN’s outstanding common shares through an exchange of equity through which the Company’s shareholders will receive 0.51 common units representing the limited partnership interests of KKR & Co. for each common share of KFN. The transaction is subject to approval by the Company’s common shareholders, customary regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions, as well as the satisfaction of other certain conditions specified in the merger agreement. The merger agreement contains certain termination rights for both KFN and KKR & Co., and provides that under certain circumstances, KFN will be required to pay a termination fee of $26.25 million to KKR & Co. or will be required to reimburse KKR & Co. for its expenses up to $7.5 million. Subject to certain exceptions, KFN’s board of directors has agreed not to withhold, modify or qualify in a manner adverse to KKR & Co. the recommendation of the board that KFN’s shareholders approve the merger agreement.

 

Upon closing of the transaction, which is expected to occur in the second quarter of 2014, the Company will become a subsidiary of KKR & Co. The Company’s 7.375% Series A LLC Preferred Shares (“Series A LLC Preferred Shares”), senior notes and junior subordinated notes will remain outstanding and will continue to file periodic reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Pursuant to the merger agreement, upon the effective time of the merger, (i) each outstanding option to purchase a KFN common share will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the excess of the cash value of the number of KKR & Co. common units that a holder of one KFN common share would be entitled to in the merger over the exercise price per KFN common share subject to such option, (ii) each outstanding restricted KFN common share will be converted into 0.51 KKR & Co. common units having the same terms and conditions as applied immediately prior to the effective time, and (iii) each phantom share under KFN’s Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation and Share Award Plan will be converted into a phantom share in respect of 0.51 KKR & Co. common units and otherwise remain subject to the terms of the plan.

 

Under the terms of the merger agreement, the Company has agreed to conduct its business in the ordinary course and in a manner consistent in all material respects with past practice, subject to certain conditions and restrictions including, but not limited to the entry into certain material contracts or the incurrence of certain indebtedness. In addition, the Company is restricted in the amount of distributions that it can pay to its common shareholders without the prior consent of KKR & Co. In particular, the Company may not declare a quarterly distribution in excess of $0.22 per common share without KKR & Co.’s prior consent. The merger agreement also requires that the Company and KKR & Co. coordinate the timing of the declaration of distributions on its respective common equity prior to the closing of the merger so that, in any quarter, a holder of its common shares will not receive distributions in respect of both KFN common shares and in respect of the KKR & Co. common units that such holder will receive in the merger.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

On April 30, 2014, the transaction was approved by the Company’s common shareholders and the merger was completed. Refer to Note 15 to these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and entities established to complete secured financing transactions that are considered to be variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and for which the Company is the primary beneficiary.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from management’s estimates.

 

The Company uses historical experience and various other assumptions and information that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances in developing its estimates and judgments. Estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty and, accordingly, these estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating environment changes. While the Company believes that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Estimates of oil, natural gas and natural gas liquid (“NGL”) reserves and their values, future production rates and future costs and expenses are inherently uncertain, including many factors beyond the Company’s control. Reservoir engineering is a subjective process of estimating underground accumulations of oil, natural gas and NGL that cannot be measured in an exact manner. The accuracy of any reserve estimate is a function of many factors including the following: the quality and quantity of available data, the interpretation of that data, the accuracy of various mandated economic assumptions and the judgments of the individuals preparing the estimates. In addition, reserve estimates are a function of many assumptions, all of which could deviate significantly from actual results. As such, reserve estimates may materially vary from the ultimate quantities of oil, natural gas and NGL eventually recovered, and could materially affect the Company’s future depreciation, depletion and amortization expense (“DD&A”), its asset retirement obligations or impairment considerations.

 

Consolidation

 

KKR Financial CLO 2005-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2005-1”), KKR Financial CLO 2005-2, Ltd. (“CLO 2005-2”), KKR Financial CLO 2006-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2006-1”), KKR Financial CLO 2007-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2007-1”), KKR Financial CLO 2007-A, Ltd. (“CLO 2007-A”), KKR Financial CLO 2011-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2011-1”), KKR Financial CLO 2012-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2012-1”), KKR Financial CLO 2013-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2013-1”) and KKR Financial CLO 2013-2, Ltd. (“CLO 2013-2”) (collectively the “Cash Flow CLOs”) are entities established to complete secured financing transactions. These entities are VIEs which the Company consolidates as the Company has determined it has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact these entities’ economic performance and the Company has both the obligation to absorb losses of these entities and the right to receive benefits from these entities that could potentially be significant to these entities. In CLO transactions, subordinated notes have the first risk of loss and conversely, the residual value upside of the transactions.

 

The Company finances the majority of its corporate debt investments through its CLOs. As of March 31, 2014, the Company’s nine CLOs held $6.6 billion par amount, or $6.4 billion estimated fair value, of corporate debt investments. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had eight CLOs that held $6.7 billion par amount, or $6.4 billion estimated fair value, of corporate debt investments. The assets in each CLO can be used only to settle the debt of the related CLO. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the aggregate CLO debt totaled $5.7 billion and $5.2 billion, respectively, of secured debt outstanding held by unaffiliated third parties.

 

The Company consolidates all non-VIEs in which it holds a greater than 50 percent voting interest.

 

In addition, the Company has non-controlling interests in joint ventures and partnerships that do not qualify as VIEs and do not meet the control requirements for consolidation as defined by GAAP.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity for disclosure purposes. Assets and liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. Hierarchical levels, as defined under GAAP, are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to fair valuations of these assets and liabilities, and are as follows:

 

Level 1:   Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

 

The types of assets generally included in this category are equity securities listed in active markets.

 

Level 2:   Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability.

 

The types of assets and liabilities generally included in this category are certain corporate debt securities, certain corporate loans held for sale, certain equity investments at estimated fair value and certain financial instruments classified as derivatives.

 

Level 3:   Inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability.

 

The types of assets and liabilities generally included in this category are certain corporate debt securities, certain corporate loans held for sale, certain equity investments at estimated fair value, residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), certain interests in joint ventures and partnerships and certain financial instruments classified as derivatives.

 

A significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability is an indication that transactions or quoted prices may not be representative of fair value because in such market conditions there may be increased instances of transactions that are not orderly. In those circumstances, further analysis of transactions or quoted prices is needed, and a significant adjustment to the transactions or quoted prices may be necessary to estimate fair value.

 

The availability of observable inputs can vary depending on the financial asset or liability and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new, whether the product is traded on an active exchange or in the secondary market, and the current market condition. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and consideration of factors specific to the asset. The variability of the observable inputs affected by the factors described above may cause transfers between Levels 1, 2, and/or 3, which the Company recognizes at the end of the reporting period.

 

Many financial assets and liabilities have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that the Company and others are willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that the Company and others are willing to accept for an asset. For financial assets and liabilities whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, the Company does not require that fair value always be a predetermined point in the bid-ask range. The Company’s policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and adjusting to the point within the bid-ask range that meets the Company’s best estimate of fair value.

 

Depending on the relative liquidity in the markets for certain assets, the Company may transfer assets to Level 3 if it determines that observable quoted prices, obtained directly or indirectly, are not available. The valuation techniques used for the assets and liabilities that are valued using Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are described below.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Securities and Corporate Loans, at Estimated Fair Value:   Securities and corporate loans, at estimated fair value are initially valued at transaction price and are subsequently valued using market data for similar instruments (e.g., recent transactions or broker quotes), comparisons to benchmark derivative indices or valuation models. Valuation models are based on yield analysis techniques, where the key inputs are based on relative value analyses, which incorporate similar instruments from similar issuers. In addition, an illiquidity discount is applied where appropriate.

 

Equity Investments, at Estimated Fair Value:   Equity investments, at estimated fair value, are initially valued at transaction price and are subsequently valued using observable market prices, if available, or internally developed models in the absence of readily observable market prices. Valuation models are generally based on market and income (discounted cash flow) approaches, in which various internal and external factors are considered. Factors include key financial inputs and recent public and private transactions for comparable investments. Key inputs used for the discounted cash flow approach include the weighted average cost of capital and assumed inputs used to calculate terminal values, such as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) exit multiples. The fair value recorded for a particular investment will generally be within the range suggested by the two approaches. Upon completion of the valuations conducted, an illiquidity discount is applied where appropriate.

 

Interests in Joint Ventures and Partnerships:   Interests in joint ventures and partnerships include certain equity investments related to the oil and gas, commercial real estate and specialty lending sectors. Interests in joint ventures and partnerships are initially valued at transaction price and are subsequently valued using observable market prices, if available, or internally developed models in the absence of readily observable market prices. Valuation models are generally based on an income (discounted cash flow) approach, in which various internal and external factors are considered and key inputs include the weighted average cost of capital. In addition, an illiquidity discount is applied where appropriate.

 

Over-the-counter (“OTC”) Derivative Contracts:   OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities and equity prices. OTC derivatives are initially valued using quoted market prices, if available, or models using a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulae, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and/or simulation models in the absence of quoted market prices. Many pricing models employ methodologies that have pricing inputs observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swap and option contracts.

 

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities, at Estimated Fair Value:   RMBS are initially valued at transaction price and are subsequently valued using a third party valuation servicer. The most significant inputs to the valuation of these instruments are default and loss expectations and constant prepayment rates.

 

Key unobservable inputs that have a significant impact on the Company’s Level 3 valuations as described above are included in Note 13 to these condensed consolidated financial statements. The Company utilizes several unobservable pricing inputs and assumptions in determining the fair value of its Level 3 investments. These unobservable pricing inputs and assumptions may differ by asset and in the application of the Company’s valuation methodologies. The reported fair value estimates could vary materially if the Company had chosen to incorporate different unobservable pricing inputs and other assumptions or, for applicable investments, if the Company only used either the discounted cash flow methodology or the market comparables methodology instead of assigning a weighting to both methodologies.

 

Valuation Process

 

The valuation process involved in Level 3 measurements for assets and liabilities is completed on a quarterly basis and is designed to subject the valuation of Level 3 investments to an appropriate level of consistency, oversight and review. The Company utilizes a valuation committee, whose members consist of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel and certain other employees of the Manager. The valuation committee is responsible for coordinating and implementing the Company’s quarterly valuation process.

 

Investments are generally valued based on quotations from third party pricing services, unless such a quotation is unavailable or is determined to be unreliable or inadequately representing the fair value of the particular assets. In that case, valuations are based on either valuation data obtained from one or more other third party pricing sources, including broker dealers, or will reflect the valuation committee’s good faith determination of estimated fair value based on other factors considered relevant. For assets classified as Level 3, the investment professionals are responsible for documenting preliminary valuations based on various factors including their evaluation of financial and operating data, company specific developments, market valuations of comparable companies and model projections discussed above. All valuations are approved by the valuation committee.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash held in banks and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents is recorded in other within total revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Restricted cash and cash equivalents represent amounts that are held by third parties under certain of the Company’s financing and derivative transactions. Interest income earned on restricted cash and cash equivalents is recorded in other within total revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

On the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, net additions or reductions to restricted cash and cash equivalents are classified as an investing activity as restricted cash and cash equivalents reflect the receipts from collections or sales of investments, as well as payments made to acquire investments held by third parties.

 

Securities

 

Securities Available-for-Sale

 

The Company classifies its investments in securities as available-for-sale as the Company may sell them prior to maturity and does not hold them principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. These investments are carried at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. Estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices, when available, on estimates provided by independent pricing sources or dealers who make markets in such securities, or internal valuation models when external sources of fair value are not available. Upon the sale of a security, the realized net gain or loss is computed on a weighted average cost basis. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on the trade date.

 

The Company monitors its available-for-sale securities portfolio for impairments. A loss is recognized when it is determined that a decline in the estimated fair value of a security below its amortized cost is other-than-temporary. The Company considers many factors in determining whether the impairment of a security is deemed to be other-than-temporary, including, but not limited to, the length of time the security has had a decline in estimated fair value below its amortized cost and the severity of the decline, the amount of the unrealized loss, recent events specific to the issuer or industry, external credit ratings and recent changes in such ratings. In addition, for debt securities, the Company considers its intent to sell the debt security, the Company’s estimation of whether or not it expects to recover the debt security’s entire amortized cost if it intends to hold the debt security, and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. For equity securities, the Company also considers its intent and ability to hold the equity security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value.

 

The amount of the loss that is recognized when it is determined that a decline in the estimated fair value of a security below its amortized cost is other-than-temporary is dependent on certain factors. If the security is an equity security or if the security is a debt security that the Company intends to sell or estimates that it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell before recovery of its amortized cost, then the impairment amount recognized in earnings is the entire difference between the estimated fair value of the security and its amortized cost. For debt securities that the Company does not intend to sell or estimates that it is not more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is separated into the estimated amount relating to credit loss and the estimated amount relating to all other factors. Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized in earnings, with the remainder of the loss amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

Unamortized premiums and unaccreted discounts on securities available-for-sale are recognized in interest income over the contractual life, adjusted for actual prepayments, of the securities using the effective interest method.

 

Other Securities, at Estimated Fair Value

 

The Company has elected the fair value option of accounting for certain securities for the purpose of enhancing the transparency of its financial condition as fair value is consistent with how the Company manages the risks of these securities. Other securities, at estimated fair value are included within securities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses reported in net realized and unrealized gain on investments in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities, at Estimated Fair Value

 

The Company has elected the fair value option of accounting for its residential mortgage investments for the purpose of enhancing the transparency of its financial condition as fair value is consistent with how the Company manages the risks of its residential mortgage investments. RMBS, at estimated fair value are included within securities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses reported in net realized and unrealized gain on investments in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

Equity Investments, at Estimated Fair Value

 

The Company has elected the fair value option of accounting for certain marketable equity securities and private equity investments. The Company elects the fair value option of accounting for private equity investments received through restructuring debt transactions or issued by an entity in which the Company may have significant influence. The Company elected the fair value option for certain equity investments for the purpose of enhancing the transparency of its financial condition as fair value is consistent with how the Company manages the risks of these equity investments. Equity investments, at fair value, are managed based on overall value and potential returns. These equity investments carried at estimated fair value are presented separately on the condensed consolidated balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses reported in net realized and unrealized gain on investments in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

Interests in Joint Ventures and Partnerships

 

The Company has elected the fair value option of accounting for certain non-controlling interests in joint ventures and partnerships for the purpose of enhancing the transparency of its financial condition as fair value is consistent with how the Company manages the risks of these interests. These interests in joint ventures and partnerships are presented separately on the condensed consolidated balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses reported in net realized and unrealized gain on investments in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

Securities Sold, Not Yet Purchased

 

Securities sold, not yet purchased consist of equity and debt securities that the Company has sold short. In order to facilitate a short sale, the Company borrows the securities from another party and delivers the securities to the buyer. The Company will be required to “cover” its short sale in the future through the purchase of the security in the market at the prevailing market price and deliver it to the counterparty from which it borrowed. The Company is exposed to a loss to the extent that the security price increases during the time from when the Company borrowed the security to when the Company purchases it in the market to cover the short sale. Securities sold, not yet purchased are presented within accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets with gains and losses reported in net realized and unrealized gain on investments on the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

Corporate Loans, Net

 

Corporate Loans

 

Corporate loans are generally held for investment and the Company initially records corporate loans at their purchase prices. The Company subsequently accounts for corporate loans based on their outstanding principal plus or minus unaccreted purchase discounts and unamortized purchase premiums. Corporate loans that the Company transfers to held for sale are transferred at the lower of cost or estimated fair value.

 

Interest income on corporate loans includes interest at stated coupon rates adjusted for accretion of purchase discounts and the amortization of purchase premiums. Unamortized premiums and unaccreted discounts are recognized in interest income over the contractual life, adjusted for actual prepayments, of the corporate loans using the effective interest method.

 

Other than corporate loans measured at estimated fair value, corporate loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality are recorded at initial cost and interest income is recognized as the difference between the Company’s estimate of all cash flows that it will receive from the loan in excess of its initial investment on a level-yield basis over the life of the corporate loan (accretable yield) using the effective interest method.

 

A corporate loan is typically placed on non-accrual status at such time as: (i) management believes that scheduled debt service payments may not be paid when contractually due; (ii) the corporate loan becomes 90 days delinquent; (iii) management determines the borrower is incapable of, or has ceased efforts toward, curing the cause of the impairment; or (iv) the net realizable

 

13



Table of Contents

 

value of the collateral securing the corporate loan decreases below the Company’s carrying value of such corporate loan. As such, corporate loans placed on non-accrual status may or may not be contractually past due at the time of such determination. While on non-accrual status, previously recognized accrued interest is reversed if it is determined that such amounts are not collectible and interest income is recognized using the cost-recovery method, cash-basis method or some combination of the two methods. A corporate loan is placed back on accrual status when the ultimate collectability of the principal and interest is not in doubt.

 

The Company may modify corporate loans in transactions where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and a concession is granted to the borrower as part of the modification. These concessions may include one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate; payment extensions; forgiveness of principal; or an exchange of assets. Such modifications typically qualify as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). In order to determine whether the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed including the following considerations: whether the borrower is or will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification; whether there is a potential for a bankruptcy filing; whether there is a going-concern issue; or whether the borrower is unable to secure financing elsewhere.

 

Corporate loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR are considered impaired, unless accounted for at fair value or the lower of cost or estimated fair value, and are typically placed on non-accrual status, but can be moved to accrual status when, among other criteria, payment in full of all amounts due under the restructured terms is expected and the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of repayment performance, typically six months.

 

TDRs are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at either the estimated fair value or the present value of estimated future cash flows using the respective corporate loan’s effective rate at inception. Impairments associated with TDRs are included within the allocated component of the Company’s allowance for loan losses.

 

The Company may also identify receivables that are newly considered impaired and discloses the total amount of receivables and the allowance for credit losses as of the end of the period of adoption related to those receivables that are newly considered impaired.

 

In addition to TDRs, the Company may also modify corporate loans which usually involve changes in existing interest rates combined with changes of existing maturities to prevailing market rates/maturities for similar instruments at the time of modification. Such modifications typically do not meet the definition of a TDR since the respective borrowers are neither experiencing financial difficulty nor are seeking a concession as part of the modification.

 

The corporate loans the Company invests in are generally deemed in default upon the non-payment of a single interest payment or as a result of the violation of a covenant in the respective corporate loan agreement. The Company charges-off a portion or all of its amortized cost basis in a corporate loan when it determines that it is uncollectible due to either: (i) the estimation based on a recovery value analysis of a defaulted corporate loan that less than the amortized cost amount will be recovered through the agreed upon restructuring of the corporate loan or as a result of a bankruptcy process of the issuer of the corporate loan; or (ii) the determination by the Company to transfer a corporate loan to held for sale with the corporate loan having an estimated fair value below the amortized cost basis of the corporate loan.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The Company’s corporate loan portfolio is comprised of a single portfolio segment which includes one class of financing receivables, that is, high yield loans that are typically purchased via assignment or participation in either the primary or secondary market and are held primarily for investment. High yield loans are generally characterized as having below investment grade ratings or being unrated.

 

The Company’s allowance for loan losses represents its estimate of probable credit losses inherent in its corporate loan portfolio held for investment as of the balance sheet date. Estimating the Company’s allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of management judgment and is based upon a comprehensive review of the Company’s corporate loan portfolio that is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of two components, an allocated component and an unallocated component. The allocated component of the allowance for loan losses pertains to specific corporate loans that the Company has determined are impaired. The Company determines a corporate loan is impaired when management estimates that it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the corporate loan agreement. On a quarterly basis the Company performs a comprehensive review of its entire corporate loan portfolio and identifies certain corporate loans that it has determined are impaired. Once a corporate loan is identified as being impaired, the Company places the corporate loan on non-accrual status, unless the corporate loan is already on non-accrual status, and records an allowance that reflects management’s best estimate of the loss that the Company expects to recognize from the corporate loan. The expected loss is estimated as being the difference between the Company’s current cost basis of the corporate loan, including accrued interest receivable, and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the corporate loan’s effective interest rate, except as a practical expedient, the corporate loan’s observable estimated fair value may be used. The Company also estimates the probable credit losses inherent in its unfunded loan commitments as of the balance sheet date. Any credit loss reserve for unfunded loan commitments is recorded in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

The unallocated component of the Company’s allowance for loan losses represents its estimate of probable losses inherent in the corporate loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date where the specific loan that the loan loss relates to is indeterminable. The Company estimates the unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses through a comprehensive review of its corporate loan portfolio and identifies certain corporate loans that demonstrate possible indicators of impairment, including internally assigned credit quality indicators. This assessment excludes all corporate loans that are determined to be impaired and as a result, an allocated reserve has been recorded as described in the preceding paragraph. Such indicators include the current and/or forecasted financial performance, liquidity profile of the issuer, specific industry or economic conditions that may impact the issuer, and the observable trading price of the corporate loan if available. All corporate loans are first categorized based on their assigned risk grade and further stratified based on the seniority of the corporate loan in the issuer’s capital structure. The seniority classifications assigned to corporate loans are senior secured, second lien and subordinate. Senior secured consists of corporate loans that are the most senior debt in an issuer’s capital structure and therefore have a lower estimated loss severity than other debt that is subordinate to the senior secured loan. Senior secured corporate loans often have a first lien on some or all of the issuer’s assets. Second lien consists of corporate loans that are secured by a second lien interest on some or all of the issuer’s assets; however, the corporate loan is subordinate to the first lien debt in the issuer’s capital structure. Subordinate consists of corporate loans that are generally unsecured and subordinate to other debt in the issuer’s capital structure.

 

There are three internally assigned risk grades that are applied to loans that have not been identified as being impaired: high, moderate and low. High risk means that there is evidence of possible loss due to the current and/or forecasted financial performance, liquidity profile of the issuer, specific industry or economic conditions that may impact the issuer, observable trading price of the corporate loan if available, or other factors that indicate that the breach of a covenant contained in the related loan agreement is possible. Moderate risk means that while there is not observable evidence of possible loss, there are issuer and/or industry specific trends that indicate a loss may have occurred. Low risk means that while there is no identified evidence of loss, there is the risk of loss inherent in the loan that has not been identified. All loans held for investment, with the exception of loans that have been identified as impaired, are assigned a risk grade of high, moderate or low.

 

The Company applies a range of default and loss severity estimates in order to estimate a range of loss outcomes upon which to base its estimate of probable losses that results in the determination of the unallocated component of the Company’s allowance for loan losses.

 

Corporate Loans Held for Sale

 

From time to time the Company makes the determination to transfer certain of its corporate loans from held for investment to held for sale. The decision to transfer a loan to held for sale is generally as a result of the Company determining that the respective loan’s credit quality in relation to the loan’s expected risk-adjusted return no longer meets the Company’s investment objective and/or the Company deciding to reduce or eliminate its exposure to a particular loan for risk management purposes. Corporate loans held for sale are stated at lower of cost or estimated fair value and are assessed on an individual basis. Prior to transferring a loan to held for sale, any difference between the carrying amount of the loan and its outstanding principal balance is recognized as an adjustment to the yield by the effective interest method. The loan is transferred from held for investment to held for sale at the lower of its cost or estimated fair value and is carried at the lower of its cost or estimated fair value thereafter. Subsequent to transfer and while the loan is held for sale, recognition as an adjustment to yield by the effective interest method is discontinued for any difference between the carrying amount of the loan and its outstanding principal balance.

 

From time to time the Company also makes the determination to transfer certain of its corporate loans from held for sale back to held for investment. The decision to transfer a loan back to held for investment is generally as a result of the circumstances that led to the initial transfer to held for sale no longer being present. Such circumstances may include deteriorated market conditions often resulting in price depreciation or assets becoming illiquid, changes in restrictions on sales and certain loans amending their terms to extend the maturity, whereby the Company determined that selling the asset no longer met its investment objective and strategy. The loan is transferred from held for sale back to held for investment at the lower of its cost or estimated fair value, whereby a new cost basis is established based on this amount.

 

Interest income on corporate loans held for sale is recognized through accrual of the stated coupon rate for the loans, unless the loans are placed on non-accrual status, at which point previously recognized accrued interest is reversed if it is determined that such amounts are not collectible and interest income is recognized using either the cost-recovery method or on a cash-basis.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Corporate Loans, at Estimated Fair Value

 

The Company has elected the fair value option of accounting for certain corporate loans for the purpose of enhancing the transparency of its financial condition as fair value is consistent with how the Company manages the risks of these corporate loans. Corporate loans carried at estimated fair value are included within corporate loans, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses reported in net realized and unrealized gain on investments in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

Oil and Natural Gas Properties

 

Oil and natural gas producing activities are accounted for under the successful efforts method of accounting. Under this method, exploration costs, other than the costs of drilling exploratory wells, are charged to expense as incurred. Costs that are associated with the drilling of successful exploration wells are capitalized if proved reserves are found. Lease acquisition costs are capitalized when incurred. Costs associated with the drilling of exploratory wells that do not find proved reserves, geological and geophysical costs and costs of certain nonproducing leasehold costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Expenditures for repairs and maintenance, including workovers, are charged to expense as incurred.

 

The capitalized costs of producing oil and natural gas properties are depleted on a field-by-field basis using the units-of production method based on the ratio of current production to estimated total net proved oil, natural gas and NGL reserves. Proved developed reserves are used in computing depletion rates for drilling and development costs and total proved reserves are used for depletion rates of leasehold costs.

 

Estimated dismantlement and abandonment costs for oil and natural gas properties, net of salvage value, are capitalized at their estimated net present value and amortized on a unit-of-production basis over the remaining life of the related proved developed reserves.

 

Oil and Gas Revenue Recognition

 

Oil, natural gas and NGL revenues are recognized when production is sold to a purchaser at fixed or determinable prices, when delivery has occurred and title has transferred and collectability of the revenue is reasonably assured. The Company follows the sales method of accounting for natural gas revenues. Under this method of accounting, revenues are recognized based on volumes sold, which may differ from the volume to which the Company is entitled based on the Company’s working interest. An imbalance is recognized as a liability only when the estimated remaining reserves will not be sufficient to enable the under-produced owners to recoup their entitled share through future production. Under the sales method, no receivables are recorded when the Company has taken less than its share of production and no payables are recorded when the Company has taken more than its share of production.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

Whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such properties may not be recoverable, the Company evaluates its proved oil and natural gas properties and related equipment and facilities for impairment on a field-by-field basis. The determination of recoverability is made based upon estimated undiscounted future net cash flows. The amount of impairment loss, if any, is determined by comparing the fair value, as determined by a discounted cash flow analysis, with the carrying value of the related asset. The factors used to determine fair value include, but are not limited to, estimates of proved reserves, future commodity pricing, future production estimates, anticipated capital expenditures, future operating costs and a discount rate commensurate with the risk on the properties and cost of capital. Unproved oil and natural gas properties are assessed periodically and, at a minimum, annually on a property-by-property basis, and any impairment in value is recognized when incurred.

 

Borrowings

 

The Company finances the majority of its investments through the use of secured borrowings in the form of securitization transactions structured as non-recourse secured financings and other secured and unsecured borrowings. In addition, the Company finances certain of its oil and gas asset acquisitions through borrowings. The Company recognizes interest expense on all borrowings on an accrual basis.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

Trusts formed by the Company for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities are not consolidated by the Company as the Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of such trusts. The Company’s investment in the common securities of such trusts is included within other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

Preferred Shares

 

Distributions on the Company’s Series A LLC Preferred Shares are cumulative and payable quarterly when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors at a 7.375% rate per annum. The Company accrues for the distribution upon declaration and is included within accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

The Company recognizes all derivatives on the condensed consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair value. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the Company designates and documents each derivative contract as one of the following at the time the contract is executed: (i) a hedge of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value” hedge); (ii) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow” hedge); (iii) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation; or (iv) a derivative instrument not designated as a hedging instrument (“free-standing derivative”). For a fair value hedge, the Company records changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative instrument and, to the extent that it is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability in the current period earnings in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For a cash flow hedge, the Company records changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative to the extent that it is effective in accumulated other comprehensive loss and subsequently reclassifies these changes in estimated fair value to net income in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction affects earnings. The effective portion of the cash flow hedges is recorded in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For free-standing derivatives, the Company reports changes in the fair values in net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

The Company formally documents at inception its hedge relationships, including identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, its risk management objectives, strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction and the Company’s evaluation of effectiveness of its hedged transactions. Periodically, the Company also formally assesses whether the derivative it designated in each hedging relationship is expected to be and has been highly effective in offsetting changes in estimated fair values or cash flows of the hedged item using either the dollar offset or the regression analysis method. If the Company determines that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, it discontinues hedge accounting.

 

Foreign Currency

 

The Company makes investments in non-United States dollar denominated assets including securities, loans, equity investments, at estimated fair value and interests in joint ventures and partnerships. As a result, the Company is subject to the risk of fluctuation in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the foreign currency in which it makes an investment. In order to reduce the currency risk, the Company may hedge the applicable foreign currency. All investments denominated in a foreign currency are converted to the United States dollar using prevailing exchange rates on the balance sheet date.

 

Income, expenses, gains and losses on investments denominated in a foreign currency are converted to the United States dollar using the prevailing exchange rates on the dates when they are recorded. Foreign exchange gains and losses are recorded in net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

Manager Compensation

 

The Management Agreement provides for the payment of a base management fee to the Manager, as well as an incentive fee if the Company’s financial performance exceeds certain benchmarks. Additionally, the Management Agreement provides for the Manager to be reimbursed for certain expenses incurred on the Company’s behalf. The base management fee and the incentive fee are accrued and expensed during the period for which they are earned by the Manager.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for share-based compensation issued to its directors and to its Manager using the fair value based methodology in accordance with relevant accounting guidance. Compensation cost related to restricted common shares issued to the Company’s directors is measured at its estimated fair value at the grant date, and is amortized and expensed over the vesting period on a straight-line basis. Compensation cost related to restricted common shares and common share options issued to the Manager is initially measured at estimated fair value at the grant date, and is remeasured on subsequent dates to the extent the awards are unvested. The Company has elected to use the graded vesting attribution method to amortize compensation expense for the restricted common shares and common share options granted to the Manager.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company intends to continue to operate so as to qualify, for United States federal income tax purposes, as a partnership and not as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. Therefore, the Company generally is not subject to United States federal income tax at the entity level, but is subject to limited state and foreign taxes. Holders of the Company’s common and preferred shares will be required to take into account their allocable share of each item of the Company’s income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit that is allocated to such class of shares for the taxable year of the Company ending within or with their taxable year.

 

The Company owns equity interests in entities that have elected or intend to elect to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (a “REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). A REIT generally is not subject to United States federal income tax to the extent that it currently distributes its income and satisfies certain asset, income and ownership tests, and recordkeeping requirements, but it may be subject to some amount of federal, state, local and foreign taxes based on its taxable income.

 

The Company has wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries that are taxable as corporations for United States federal income tax purposes and thus are not consolidated with the Company for United States federal income tax purposes. For financial reporting purposes, current and deferred taxes are provided for on the portion of earnings recognized by the Company with respect to its interest in the domestic taxable corporate subsidiaries, because each is taxed as a regular corporation under the Code. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed based on temporary differences between the GAAP consolidated financial statements and the United States federal income tax basis of assets and liabilities as of each consolidated balance sheet date. The foreign corporate subsidiaries were formed to make certain foreign and domestic investments from time to time. The foreign corporate subsidiaries are organized as exempted companies incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and are anticipated to be exempt from United States federal and state income tax at the corporate entity level because they restrict their activities in the United States to trading in stock and securities for their own account. However, the Company will be required to include their current taxable income in the Company’s calculation of its taxable income allocable to shareholders.

 

The Company must recognize the tax impact from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax impact recognized in the financial statements from such a position is measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. Penalties and interest related to uncertain tax positions are recorded as tax expense. Significant judgment is required in the identification of uncertain tax positions and in the estimation of penalties and interest on uncertain tax positions. If it is determined that recognition for an uncertain tax provision is necessary, the Company would record a liability for an unrecognized tax expense from an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken.

 

Earnings Per Common Share

 

The Company presents both basic and diluted earnings per common share (“EPS”) in its condensed consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto. Basic earnings per common share (“Basic EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income or loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares, including vested restricted common shares, outstanding for the period. The Company calculates EPS using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the if-converted method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines EPS for common shares and participating securities. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS using the two-class method. Accordingly, all earnings (distributed and undistributed) are allocated to common shares, preferred shares and participating securities based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Diluted earnings per common share (“Diluted EPS”) reflects the potential dilution of common share options and unvested restricted common shares using the treasury method or if-converted method.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 3. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of basic and diluted net income per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands, except per share information):

 

 

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2014

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Net income

 

$

108,183

 

$

98,336

 

Less: Preferred share distributions

 

6,891

 

6,738

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

101,292

 

$

91,598

 

Less: Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

 

309

 

338

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders

 

$

100,983

 

$

91,260

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

204,236

 

197,153

 

Net income per common share

 

$

0.49

 

$

0.46

 

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding(1)

 

204,236

 

197,153

 

Net income per common share

 

$

0.49

 

$

0.46

 

 


(1)                                  Potential anti-dilutive common shares excluded from diluted earnings per share related to common share options were 1,932,279 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

NOTE 4. SECURITIES

 

The Company accounts for securities based on the following categories: (i) securities available-for-sale, which are carried at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss; (ii) other securities, at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations; and (iii) RMBS, at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s securities as of March 31, 2014, which are carried at estimated fair value (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

$

335,585

 

$

22,397

 

$

(719

)

$

357,263

 

Other securities, at estimated fair value(1) 

 

133,287

 

9,001

 

(547

)

141,741

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities, at estimated fair value(1) 

 

107,189

 

767

 

(49,203

)

58,753

 

Total securities

 

$

576,061

 

$

32,165

 

$

(50,469

)

$

557,757

 

 


(1)                                  Unrealized gains and losses presented represent amounts as of period-end. Unrealized gains and losses recognized during the year for these securities are recorded in earnings.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s securities as of December 31, 2013, which are carried at estimated fair value (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair
Value

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

$

326,775

 

$

24,791

 

$

(1,225

)

$

350,341

 

Other securities, at estimated fair value(1) 

 

135,968

 

12,436

 

(1,437

)

146,967

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities, at estimated fair value(1) 

 

138,284

 

2,809

 

(65,089

)

76,004

 

Total securities

 

$

601,027

 

$

40,036

 

$

(67,751

)

$

573,312

 

 


(1)                                  Unrealized gains and losses presented represent amounts as of period-end. Unrealized gains and losses recognized during the year for these securities are recorded in earnings.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and estimated fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities, aggregated by length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Less Than 12 months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

$

28,480

 

$

(533

)

$

30,417

 

$

(186

)

$

58,897

 

$

(719

)

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

$

25,543

 

$

(658

)

$

30,034

 

$

(567

)

$

55,577

 

$

(1,225

)

 

The unrealized losses in the table above are considered to be temporary impairments due to market factors and are not reflective of credit deterioration. The Company considers many factors when evaluating whether impairment is other-than-temporary. For securities available-for-sale included in the table above, the Company does not intend to sell or believe that it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell any of its securities available-for-sale prior to recovery. In addition, based on the analyses performed by the Company on each of its securities available-for-sale, the Company believes that it is able to recover the entire amortized cost amount of the securities available-for-sale included in the table above.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized losses totaling $2.9 million and $5.9 million, respectively, for securities available-for-sale that it determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The Company intends to sell these securities and as a result, the entire amount of the loss is recorded through earnings in net realized and unrealized gain on investments in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

As of March 31, 2014, the Company had a corporate debt security from one issuer in default with an estimated fair value of $6.6 million, which was on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a corporate debt security from one issuer in default with an estimated fair value of $25.4 million, which was on non-accrual status.

 

Securities available-for-sale sold at a loss typically include those that the Company determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired or had a deterioration in credit quality. The following table shows the net realized gains on the sales of securities available-for-sale (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Gross realized gains

 

$

 

$

2,150

 

Gross realized losses

 

 

 

Net realized gains

 

$

 

$

2,150

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company modified a security with an amortized cost of $24.1 million related to a single issuer in a restructuring that qualified as a TDR. The TDR involving this security, along with corporate loans related to the same issuer, were converted into a combination of equity carried at estimated fair value and cash. Post-modification, the equity securities received from the security TDR had an estimated fair value of $16.1 million. Refer to “Troubled Debt Restructurings” section within Note 5 to these condensed consolidated financial statements for further discussion on the loan TDRs related to this single issuer. There were no securities that qualified as TDRs during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

As of March 31, 2014, no securities modified as TDRs were in default within a twelve month period subsequent to their original restructuring.

 

Concentration Risk

 

The Company’s corporate debt securities portfolio, which includes securities available-for-sale and other securities at estimated fair value, has certain credit risk concentrated in a limited number of issuers. As of March 31, 2014, approximately 59% of the estimated fair value of the Company’s corporate debt securities portfolio was concentrated in ten issuers, with the three largest concentrations of debt securities in securities issued by JC Penney Corp. Inc., LCI Helicopters Limited and NXP Semiconductor NV, which combined represented $125.1 million, or approximately 25% of the estimated fair value of the Company’s corporate debt securities. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 55% of the estimated fair value of the Company’s corporate debt securities portfolio was concentrated in ten issuers, with the three largest concentrations of debt securities in securities issued by LCI Helicopters Limited, JC Penney Corp. Inc. and NXP Semiconductor NV, which combined represented $104.5 million, or approximately 21% of the estimated fair value of the Company’s corporate debt securities.

 

Pledged Assets

 

Note 7 to these condensed consolidated financial statements describes the Company’s borrowings under which the Company has pledged securities for borrowings. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of securities pledged as collateral as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of
March 31, 2014

 

As of
December 31, 2013

 

Pledged as collateral for collateralized loan obligation secured debt

 

$

332,268

 

$

324,830

 

Total

 

$

332,268

 

$

324,830

 

 

20



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 5. CORPORATE LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

The Company accounts for loans based on the following categories (i) corporate loans held for investment, which are measured based on their principal plus or minus unaccreted purchase discounts and unamortized purchase premiums, net of an allowance for loan losses; (ii) corporate loans held for sale, which are measured at lower of cost or estimated fair value; and (iii) corporate loans, at estimated fair value, which are measured at fair value.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s corporate loans as of March 31, 2014 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

 

Corporate
Loans Held
for Investment

 

Corporate Loans
Held for Sale

 

Corporate Loans, at
Estimated Fair Value

 

Total
Corporate Loans

 

Principal(1) 

 

$

5,770,433

 

$

541,431

 

$

255,712

 

$

6,567,576

 

Net unamortized discount

 

(88,774

)

(23,218

)

(36,275

)

(148,267

)

Total amortized cost

 

5,681,659

 

518,213

 

219,437

 

6,419,309

 

Lower of cost or fair value adjustment

 

 

(7,526

)

 

(7,526

)

Allowance for loan losses

 

(223,541

)

 

 

(223,541

)

Unrealized gains

 

 

 

14,490

 

14,490

 

Net carrying value

 

$

5,458,118

 

$

510,687

 

$

233,927

 

$

6,202,732

 

 


(1)          Principal amounts of corporate loans and corporate loans held for sale are net of cumulative charge-offs and other adjustments totaling $15.7 million as of March 31, 2014.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s corporate loans as of December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Corporate
Loans Held
for Investment

 

Corporate Loans
Held for Sale

 

Corporate Loans, at
Estimated Fair Value

 

Total
Corporate Loans

 

Principal(1) 

 

$

6,280,470

 

$

315,738

 

$

277,458

 

$

6,873,666

 

Net unamortized discount

 

(105,979

)

(20,070

)

(54,997

)

(181,046

)

Total amortized cost

 

6,174,491

 

295,668

 

222,461

 

6,692,620

 

Lower of cost or fair value adjustment

 

 

(15,920

)

 

(15,920

)

Allowance for loan losses

 

(224,999

)

 

 

(224,999

)

Unrealized gains

 

 

 

15,019

 

15,019

 

Net carrying value

 

$

5,949,492

 

$

279,748

 

$

237,480

 

$

6,466,720

 

 


(1)                                  Principal amounts of corporate loans and corporate loans held for sale are net of cumulative charge-offs and other adjustments totaling $18.1 million as of December 31, 2013.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had an allowance for loan losses of $223.5 million and $225.0 million, respectively. As described in Note 2 to these condensed consolidated financial statements, the allowance for loan losses represents the Company’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in its loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of two components, an allocated component and an unallocated component. The allocated component of the allowance for loan losses consists of individual loans that are impaired. The unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses represents the Company’s estimate of losses inherent, but not identified, in its portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the Company’s corporate loan portfolio during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

224,999

 

$

223,472

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

11,068

 

Charge-offs

 

(1,458

)

(28,313

)

Ending balance

 

$

223,541

 

$

206,227

 

 

The following table summarizes the ending balances of the allowance and corporate loans portfolio by basis of impairment method as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

113,655

 

$

142,682

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

 

109,886

 

82,317

 

 

 

$

223,541

 

$

224,999

 

Corporate loans (recorded investment)(1):

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

397,580

 

$

554,442

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

 

5,300,784

 

5,638,790

 

 

 

$

5,698,364

 

$

6,193,232

 

 


(1)          Recorded investment is defined as amortized cost plus accrued interest.

 

As of March 31, 2014, the allocated component of the allowance for loan losses totaled $113.7 million and relates to investments in certain loans issued by three issuers with an aggregate par amount of $422.6 million and an aggregate recorded investment of $397.6 million. Of the allocated component totaling $113.7 million, $68.2 million related to Texas Competitive Electric Holdings Company LLC (“TXU”), which had an aggregate amortized cost of $311.6 million as of March 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the allocated component of the allowance for loan losses totaled $142.7 million and relates to investments in certain loans issued by four issuers with an aggregate par amount of $594.4 million and an aggregate recorded investment of $554.4 million. Of the allocated component totaling $142.7 million, $66.9 million related to TXU, which had an aggregate amortized cost of $311.6 million as of December 31, 2013.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s recorded investment and unpaid principal balance in impaired loans, as well as the related allowance for credit losses as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Recorded
Investment(1)

 

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

 

Related
Allowance

 

Recorded
Investment(1)

 

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

 

Related
Allowance

 

With no related allowance recorded

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

With an allowance recorded

 

397,580

 

422,624

 

113,655

 

554,442

 

594,416

 

142,682

 

Total

 

$

397,580

 

$

422,624

 

$

113,655

 

$

554,442

 

$

594,416

 

$

142,682

 

 


(1)          Recorded investment is defined as amortized cost plus accrued interest.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s average recorded investment in impaired loans and interest income recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three months ended
March 31, 2013

 

 

 

Average
Recorded
Investment(1)

 

Interest
Income
Recognized

 

Average
Recorded
Investment(1)

 

Interest
Income
Recognized

 

With no related allowance recorded

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,245

 

$

 

With an allowance recorded

 

476,011

 

3,543

 

480,534

 

4,274

 

Total

 

$

476,011

 

$

3,543

 

$

483,779

 

$

4,274

 

 


(1)          Recorded investment is defined as amortized cost plus accrued interest.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the allocated component of the allowance for loan losses included all impaired loans. While all of the Company’s impaired loans are on non-accrual status, the Company’s non-accrual loans also include (i) other loans held for investment, (ii) corporate loans held for sale and (iii) loans carried at estimated fair value, which are not reflected in the table above. Any of these three classifications may include those loans modified in a TDR, which are typically designated as being non-accrual (see “Troubled Debt Restructurings” section below).

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s recorded investment in non-accrual loans as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

Loans held for investment

 

$

397,580

 

$

554,442

 

Loans held for sale

 

44,780

 

44,823

 

Loans at estimated fair value

 

13,025

 

24,883

 

Total non-accrual loans

 

$

455,385

 

$

624,148

 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the amount of interest income recognized using the cash-basis method during the time within the period that the loans were on non-accrual status was $4.2 million, which included $3.5 million for non-accrual loans that were held for investment, $0.6 million for non-accrual loans held for sale and $0.1 million for non-accrual loans carried at estimated fair value. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the amount of interest income recognized using the cash-basis method during the time within the period that the loans were on non-accrual was $8.0 million, which included $4.3 million for impaired loans that were held for investment and $3.7 million for non-accrual loans held for sale.

 

A loan is considered past due if any required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were required to be made under the terms of the loan agreement. A loan may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loan is considered past due. As of March 31, 2014, the Company held a total recorded investment of $46.9 million of non-accrual and past due loans held for investment from one issuer, all of which were in default as of March 31, 2014. The associated past due interest payments related to the $46.9 million recorded investment was $0.6 million, of which $0.1 million was 60-89 days past due and $0.5 million was 90 or more days past due. As of December 31, 2013, the Company held a total recorded investment of $237.2 million of non-accrual and past due loans held for investment from three issuers, certain of which were in default as of December 31, 2013. The associated past due interest payments related to the $237.2 million recorded investment was $5.6 million, of which $0.9 million was less than 30 days past due, $2.3 million was 60-89 days past due, and $2.4 million was 90 or more days past due. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, the Company held $15.5 million par amount and $12.2 million estimated fair value of non-accrual and past due loans carried at estimated fair value from one issuer, which was also in default as of December 31, 2013. The associated interest payments related to the $12.2 million loans at estimated fair value that were 90 or more days past due was $0.2 million.

 

The unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses totaled $109.9 million and $82.3 million as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. As described in Note 2 to these condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company estimates the unallocated components of the allowance for loan losses through a comprehensive review of its loan portfolio and identifies certain loans that demonstrate possible indicators of impairments, including credit quality indicators. The following table summarizes how the Company determines internally assigned grades related to credit quality based on a combination of concern as to probability of default and the seniority of the loan in the issuer’s capital structure as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

Internally Assigned Grade

 

Capital Hierarchy

 

Recorded Investment
March 31, 2014 (1)

 

Recorded Investment
December 31, 2013 (1)

 

High

 

Senior Secured Loan

 

$

 

$

26,886

 

 

 

Second Lien Loan

 

 

286,996

 

 

 

Subordinated

 

 

11,643

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

325,525

 

Moderate

 

Senior Secured Loan

 

$

1,146,308

 

$

1,033,065

 

 

 

Second Lien Loan

 

 

27,504

 

 

 

Subordinated

 

41,025

 

39,329

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,187,333

 

$

1,099,898

 

Low

 

Senior Secured Loan

 

$

4,041,984

 

$

4,148,913

 

 

 

Second Lien Loan

 

25,871

 

25,864

 

 

 

Subordinated

 

45,596

 

38,590

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,113,451

 

$

4,213,367

 

 

 

Total Unallocated

 

$

5,300,784

 

$

5,638,790

 

 

 

Total Allocated

 

397,580

 

554,442

 

 

 

Total Loans Held for Investment

 

$

5,698,364

 

$

6,193,232

 

 


(1)          Recorded investment is defined as amortized cost plus accrued interest.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded charge-offs totaling $1.5 million and $28.3 million, respectively, comprised primarily of loans modified in TDRs.

 

Loans Held For Sale and the Lower of Cost or Fair Value Adjustment

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $510.7 million and $279.7 million of loans held for sale, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company transferred $238.1 million and $21.4 million amortized cost amount of loans from held for investment to held for sale, respectively. The transfers of certain loans to held for sale were due to the Company’s determination that credit quality of a loan in relation to its expected risk-adjusted return no longer met the Company’s investment objective and the determination by the Company to reduce or eliminate the exposure for certain loans as part of its portfolio risk management practices. During both the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company transferred no loans held for sale back to loans held for investment. Transfers back to held for investment may occur as the circumstances that led to the initial transfer to held for sale are no longer present. Such circumstances may include deteriorated market conditions often resulting in price depreciation or assets becoming illiquid, changes in restrictions on sales and certain loans amending their terms to extend the maturity, whereby the Company determined that selling the asset no longer met its investment objective and strategy.

 

The Company recorded an $8.4 million reduction to the lower of cost or estimated fair value adjustment for the three months ended March 31, 2014 for certain loans held for sale, which had a carrying value of $510.7 million as of March 31, 2014. Comparatively, the Company recorded a $4.7 million net charge to earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2013 for the lower of cost or estimated fair value adjustment for certain loans held for sale, which had a carrying value of $107.4 million as of March 31, 2013.

 

Defaulted Loans

 

As of March 31, 2014, the Company held three corporate loans that were in default with a total amortized cost of $46.9 million from one issuer. The $46.9 million total amortized cost was included in loans that comprised the allocated component of the Company’s allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2013, the Company held six corporate loans that were in default with a total amortized cost of $215.7 million from two issuers. Of the $215.7 million total amortized cost, $203.7 million were included in the loans that comprised the allocated component of the Company’s allowance for loan losses and $12.0 million were included in loans carried at estimated fair value.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

The recorded investment balance of TDRs at March 31, 2014 totaled $80.3 million, related to four issuers. Comparatively, the recorded investment balance of TDRs at December 31, 2013 totaled $55.4 million, related to three issuers. Loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR are considered impaired, unless accounted for at fair value or the lower of cost or estimated fair value, and are typically placed on non-accrual status, but can be moved to accrual status when, among other criteria, payment in full of all amounts due under the restructured terms is expected and the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of repayment performance, typically six months. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $55.3 million and $55.4 million of TDRs were included in non-accrual loans, respectively (see “Non-Accrual Loans” section above). As of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses included specific reserves of $22.1 million related to TDRs.

 

The following table presents the aggregate balance of loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2014

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2013

 

 

 

Number
of TDRs

 

Pre-modification
outstanding
recorded
investment(1)

 

Post-modification
outstanding recorded
investment(1)(2)

 

Number
of TDRs

 

Pre-modification
outstanding
recorded
investment(1)

 

Post-modification
outstanding recorded
investment(1)(3)

 

Troubled debt restructurings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for investment

 

1

 

$

154,075

 

$

 

2

 

$

68,358

 

$

39,430

 

Loans at estimated fair value

 

2

 

41,347

 

24,571

 

1

 

1,670

 

1,229

 

Total

 

 

 

$

195,422

 

$

24,571

 

 

 

$

70,028

 

$

40,659

 

 


(1)                                  Recorded investment is defined as amortized cost plus accrued interest.

 

(2)                                  Excludes equity securities received from the loans held for investment and/or loans at estimated fair value TDRs with an estimated fair value of $92.0 million and $12.3 million, from the two issuers, respectively.

 

(3)                                  Excludes equity securities received from the loans held for investment TDRs with an estimated fair value of $2.1 million.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company modified an aggregate recorded investment of $195.4 million related to two issuers in restructurings which qualified as TDRs. These restructurings involved conversions of the loans into one of the following: (i) a combination of equity carried at estimated fair value and cash, or (ii) a combination of equity and loans carried at estimated fair value with extended maturities ranging from an additional three to five-year period and a higher spread of 4.0%. Prior to the restructurings, one of the TDRs described above was already identified as impaired and had specific allocated reserves, while the other two were loans carried at estimated fair value. Upon restructuring the impaired loans held for investment, the difference between the recorded investment of the pre-modified loans and the estimated fair value of the new assets plus cash received was charged-off against the allowance for loan losses. The TDRs resulted in $1.1 million of charge-offs, or 76% of the total $1.5 million of charge-offs recorded during the first quarter of 2014.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company modified an aggregate recorded investment of $70.0 million related to three issuers in restructurings which qualified as TDRs. These restructurings involved conversions of the loans into one of the following: (i) new term loans with extended maturities and fixed, rather than floating, interest rates, (ii) equity carried at estimated fair value, or (iii) a combination of equity and loans carried at estimated fair value. The modification involving an extension of maturity date was for an additional four-year period with a higher coupon of 6.8%. Prior to the restructurings, two of the TDRs described above were already identified as impaired and had specific allocated reserves, while the third was a loan carried at estimated fair value. Upon restructuring the impaired loans held for investment, the difference between the recorded investment of the pre-modified loans and the estimated fair value of the new assets was charged-off against the allowance for loan losses. The TDRs resulted in $26.8 million of charge-offs, or 95% of the total $28.3 million of charge-offs recorded during the first quarter of 2013.

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to the issuers whose loans had been modified in a TDR.

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, no loans modified as TDRs were in default within a twelve month period subsequent to their original restructuring.

 

During both the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company modified $1.0 billion amortized cost of corporate loans that did not qualify as TDRs. These modifications involved changes in existing rates and maturities to prevailing market rates/maturities for similar instruments and did not qualify as TDRs as the respective borrowers were not experiencing financial difficulty or seeking (or granted) a concession as part of the modification. In addition, these modifications of non-troubled debt holdings were accomplished with modified loans that were not substantially different from the loans prior to modification.

 

Concentration Risk

 

The Company’s corporate loan portfolio has certain credit risk concentrated in a limited number of issuers. As of March 31, 2014, approximately 44% of the total amortized cost basis of the Company’s corporate loan portfolio was concentrated in twenty issuers, with the three largest concentrations of corporate loans in loans issued by TXU, U.S. Foods Inc. and First Data Corp., which combined represented $842.7 million or approximately 13% of the aggregated amortized cost basis of the Company’s corporate loans. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 46% of the total amortized cost basis of the Company’s corporate loan portfolio was concentrated in twenty issuers, with the three largest concentrations of corporate loans in loans issued by TXU, Modular Space Corporation and U.S. Foods Inc., which combined represented $935.2 million or approximately 14% of the aggregated amortized cost basis of the Company’s corporate loans.

 

Pledged Assets

 

Note 7 to these condensed consolidated financial statements describes the Company’s borrowings under which the Company has pledged loans for borrowings. The following table summarizes the amortized cost of corporate loans pledged as collateral as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of
March 31, 2014

 

As of
December 31, 2013

 

Pledged as collateral for collateralized loan obligation secured debt

 

$

6,095,904

 

$

6,231,541

 

Total

 

$

6,095,904

 

$

6,231,541

 

 

25



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 6. NATURAL RESOURCES ASSETS

 

Natural Resources Properties

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s oil and gas properties as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of
March 31, 2014

 

As of
December 31, 2013

 

Proved oil and natural gas properties (successful efforts method)

 

$

494,673

 

$

451,909

 

Unproved oil and natural gas properties

 

16,913

 

16,913

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

(83,914

)

(68,453

)

Oil and gas properties, net

 

$

427,672

 

$

400,369

 

 

Development and Other Purchases

 

The Company has previously accounted for certain of its oil and natural gas properties as business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the Company (i) conducted assessments of net assets acquired and recognized amounts for identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated acquisition date fair values and (ii) expensed as incurred transaction and integration costs associated with the acquisitions. Separate from these acquisitions, the Company deployed capital to develop and purchase other interests and assets in the natural resources sector.

 

During the first quarter of 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013, the Company capitalized an additional $41.0 million and $154.5 million, respectively, as a result of purchasing natural resources assets or covering costs related to the development of oil and gas properties. Accordingly, these amounts are included in oil and gas properties, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

NOTE 7. BORROWINGS

 

Certain information with respect to the Company’s borrowings as of March 31, 2014 is summarized in the following table (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Outstanding
Borrowings

 

Weighted
Average
Borrowing
Rate

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Maturity
(in days)

 

Collateral(1)

 

CLO 2005-1 senior secured notes

 

$

175,023

 

0.76

%

1,122

 

$

280,653

 

CLO 2005-2 senior secured notes

 

325,453

 

0.63

 

1,336

 

452,302

 

CLO 2006-1 senior secured notes

 

371,782

 

0.69

 

1,608

 

569,034

 

CLO 2007-1 senior secured notes

 

2,075,040

 

0.79

 

2,602

 

2,374,552

 

CLO 2007-1 mezzanine notes

 

429,185

 

3.73

 

2,602

 

491,131

 

CLO 2007-1 subordinated notes(2) 

 

136,097

 

12.77

 

2,602

 

155,743

 

CLO 2007-A senior secured notes

 

416,203

 

1.58

 

1,294

 

415,856

 

CLO 2007-A mezzanine notes

 

115,569

 

7.59

 

1,294

 

115,473

 

CLO 2007-A subordinated notes(2) 

 

15,096

 

18.14

 

1,294

 

15,083

 

CLO 2011-1 senior debt

 

491,265

 

1.58

 

1,598

 

580,256

 

CLO 2012-1 senior secured notes

 

362,836

 

2.33

 

3,912

 

354,926

 

CLO 2012-1 subordinated notes(2) 

 

18,000

 

19.25

 

3,912

 

17,608

 

CLO 2013-1 senior secured notes

 

449,606

 

1.97

 

4,124

 

460,899

 

CLO 2013-2 senior secured notes

 

330,730

 

2.22

 

4,316

 

150,246

 

Total collateralized loan obligation secured debt

 

5,711,885

 

 

 

 

 

6,433,762

 

Senior secured credit facility

 

 

2.48

 

609

 

 

2015 Asset-based borrowing facility

 

49,889

 

2.40

 

584

 

212,249

 

2018 Asset-based borrowing facility(3) 

 

 

 

1,429

 

 

Total credit facilities

 

49,889

 

 

 

 

 

212,249

 

8.375% Senior notes

 

250,817

 

8.38

 

10,091

 

 

7.500% Senior notes

 

111,485

 

7.50

 

10,216

 

 

Junior subordinated notes

 

283,517

 

5.39

 

8,224

 

 

Total borrowings

 

$

6,407,593

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,646,011

 

 

26



(1)                                  Collateral for borrowings consists of the estimated fair value of certain corporate loans, securities available-for-sale and equity investments at estimated fair value. Also includes the carrying value of oil and gas assets. For purposes of this table, collateral for CLO senior, mezzanine and subordinated notes are calculated pro rata based on the outstanding borrowings for each respective CLO.

 

(2)                                  Subordinated notes do not have a contractual coupon rate, but instead receive a pro rata amount of the net distributions from each respective CLO. Accordingly, weighted average borrowing rates for the subordinated notes were calculated based on year-to-date estimated distributions, if any.

 

(3)                              Borrowing rates range from 1.75% to 3.25% plus London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) per annum based on the amount outstanding.

 

Certain information with respect to the Company’s borrowings as of December 31, 2013 is summarized in the following table (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Outstanding
Borrowings

 

Weighted
Average
Borrowing
Rate

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Maturity
(in days)

 

Collateral(1)

 

CLO 2005-1 senior secured notes

 

$

193,909

 

0.73

 

1,212

 

$

303,104

 

CLO 2005-2 senior secured notes

 

335,570

 

0.63

 

1,426

 

496,917

 

CLO 2006-1 senior secured notes

 

384,925

 

0.69

 

1,698

 

649,894

 

CLO 2007-1 senior secured notes

 

2,075,040

 

0.79

 

2,692

 

2,354,938

 

CLO 2007-1 mezzanine notes

 

406,428

 

3.65

 

2,692

 

461,250

 

CLO 2007-1 subordinated notes(2) 

 

136,097

 

18.15

 

2,692

 

154,456

 

CLO 2007-A senior secured notes

 

428,152

 

1.57

 

1,384

 

540,677

 

CLO 2007-A mezzanine notes

 

55,327

 

7.44

 

1,384

 

69,867

 

CLO 2007-A subordinated notes(2) 

 

15,096

 

42.22

 

1,384

 

19,063

 

CLO 2011-1 senior debt

 

388,703

 

1.25

 

1,688

 

517,597

 

CLO 2012-1 senior secured notes

 

362,727

 

2.34

 

4,002

 

376,603

 

CLO 2012-1 subordinated notes(2) 

 

18,000

 

11.67

 

4,002

 

18,689

 

CLO 2013-1 senior secured notes

 

449,409

 

1.98

 

4,214

 

468,915

 

Total collateralized loan obligation secured debt

 

5,249,383

 

 

 

 

 

6,431,970

 

Senior secured credit facility(3) 

 

75,000

 

1.39

 

699

 

 

2015 Asset-based borrowing facility

 

50,289

 

2.42

 

674

 

213,935

 

2018 Asset-based borrowing facility(4) 

 

 

 

1,519

 

 

Total credit facilities

 

125,289

 

 

 

 

 

213,935

 

8.375% Senior notes

 

250,800

 

8.38

 

10,181

 

 

7.500% Senior notes

 

111,476

 

7.50

 

10,306

 

 

Junior subordinated notes

 

283,517

 

5.39

 

8,347

 

 

Total borrowings

 

$

6,020,465

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,645,905

 

 


(1)                                  Collateral for borrowings consists of the estimated fair value of certain corporate loans, securities available-for-sale and equity investments at estimated fair value. Also includes the carrying value of oil and gas assets. For purposes of this table, collateral for CLO senior, mezzanine and subordinated notes are calculated pro rata based on the outstanding borrowings for each respective CLO.

 

(2)                                  Subordinated notes do not have a contractual coupon rate, but instead receive a pro rata amount of the net distributions from each respective CLO. Accordingly, weighted average borrowing rates for the subordinated notes were calculated based on year-to-date estimated distributions, if any.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

(3)                                  Capital stock of material domestic and foreign subsidiaries, as defined by the senior secured credit facility agreement, are eligible to be pledged as collateral. As of December 31, 2013, the total investments held within these eligible subsidiaries exceeded the amount of the outstanding debt.

 

(4)                                  Borrowing rates range from 1.75% to 3.25% plus London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) per annum based on the amount outstanding.

 

CLO Debt

 

The indentures governing the Company’s CLO transactions stipulate the reinvestment period during which the collateral manager, which is an affiliate of the Company’s Manager, can generally sell or buy assets at its discretion and can reinvest principal proceeds into new assets. CLO 2007-A, CLO 2005-1, CLO 2005-2 and CLO 2006-1 are no longer in their reinvestment periods. As a result, principal proceeds from the assets held in each of these transactions are generally used to amortize the outstanding balance of senior notes outstanding. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, $54.4 million and $146.2 million, respectively, of original CLO 2007-A, CLO 2005-1, CLO 2005-2 and CLO 2006-1 senior notes were repaid. CLO 2007-1, CLO 2012-1, CLO 2013-1 and CLO 2013-2 will end their reinvestment periods during May 2014, December 2016, July 2017 and January 2018, respectively. CLO 2011-1 does not have a reinvestment period and all principal proceeds from holdings in CLO 2011-1 are used to amortize the transaction. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, zero and $21.5 million, respectively, of original CLO 2011-1 senior notes were repaid.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company issued $21.9 million par amount of CLO 2007-1 class E notes for proceeds of $21.9 million. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company issued $29.8 million par amount of CLO 2007-A class G notes for proceeds of $30.2 million and $29.8 million par amount of CLO 2007-A class H notes for proceeds of $30.1 million.

 

On January 23, 2014, the Company closed CLO 2013-2, a $384.0 million secured financing transaction maturing on January 23, 2026. The Company issued $339.3 million par amount of senior secured notes to unaffiliated investors, of which $319.3 million was floating rate with a weighted-average coupon of three-month LIBOR plus 2.16% and $20.0 million was fixed rate at 3.74%. The investments that are owned by CLO 2013-2 collateralize the CLO 2013-2 debt, and as a result, those investments are not available to the Company, its creditors or shareholders.

 

On September 27, 2013, the Company amended the CLO 2011-1 senior loan agreement (the “CLO 2011-1 Agreement”) to upsize the transaction by $300.0 million, of which CLO 2011-1 is now able to borrow up to an incremental $225.0 million. Under the amended CLO 2011-1 Agreement, CLO 2011-1 matures on August 15, 2020 and borrowings under the CLO 2011-1 Agreement bear interest at a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 1.35%.

 

On June 25, 2013, the Company closed CLO 2013-1, a $519.4 million secured financing transaction maturing on July 15, 2025. The Company issued $458.5 million par amount of senior secured notes to unaffiliated investors, of which $442.0 million was floating rate with a weighted-average coupon of three-month LIBOR plus 1.67% and $16.5 million was fixed rate at 3.73%. The investments that are owned by CLO 2013-1 collateralize the CLO 2013-1 debt, and as a result, those investments are not available to the Company, its creditors or shareholders.

 

Credit Facilities

 

Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On November 30, 2012, the Company entered into a credit agreement for a three-year $150.0 million revolving credit facility, maturing on November 30, 2015 (the “2015 Facility”). The Company has the right to prepay loans under the 2015 Facility in whole or in part at any time. Loans under the 2015 Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum, or an alternate base rate plus 1.25% per annum. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had zero and $75.0 million, respectively of borrowings outstanding under the 2015 Facility.

 

Asset-Based Borrowing Facilities

 

On November 14, 2013, the Company’s five-year nonrecourse, asset-based revolving credit facility (the “2015 Natural Resources Facility”), maturing on November 5, 2015, was adjusted and reduced to $94.6 million, which is subject to, among other things, the terms of a borrowing base derived from the value of eligible specified oil and gas assets. The borrowing base is subject to certain caps and concentration limits customary for financings of this type. The Company has the right to prepay loans under the 2015 Natural Resources Facility in whole or in part at any time. Loans under the 2015 Natural Resources Facility bear interest at a rate

 

28



Table of Contents

 

equal to LIBOR plus a tiered applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.75% per annum. The 2015 Natural Resources Facility contains customary covenants applicable to the Company. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $49.9 million and $50.3 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding under the 2015 Natural Resources Facility.

 

On February 27, 2013, the Company entered into a separate credit agreement for a five-year $6.0 million non-recourse, asset-based revolving credit facility, maturing on February 27, 2018 (the “2018 Natural Resources Facility”), that is subject to, among other things, the terms of a borrowing base derived from the value of eligible specified oil and gas assets. On December 20, 2013, the 2018 Natural Resources Facility was adjusted and increased to $42.0 million. The Company has the right to prepay loans under the 2018 Natural Resources Facility in whole or in part at any time. Loans under the 2018 Natural Resources Facility bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a tiered applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 3.25% per annum. The 2018 Natural Resources Facility contains customary covenants applicable to the Company. As of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had no borrowings outstanding under the 2018 Natural Resources Facility.

 

As of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company believes it was in compliance with the covenant requirements for its credit facilities.

 

Convertible Debt

 

On January 18, 2013, in accordance with the indenture relating to the Company’s $172.5 million 7.5% convertible senior notes due January 15, 2017 (“7.5% Notes”), the Company issued a conversion rights termination notice (“Termination Notice”) to holders of the 7.5% Notes whereby it terminated the right to convert the 7.5% Notes to common shares. The conversion rate as of January 18, 2013 was equal to 141.8256 common shares for each $1,000 principal amount of 7.5% Notes, plus an additional 9.2324 common shares per $1,000 principal amount to account for the make-whole premium. Holders of $172.5 million 7.5% Notes submitted their notes for conversion for which the Company satisfied by physical settlement with 26.1 million common shares.

 

NOTE 8. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

 

The Company enters into derivative transactions in order to hedge its interest rate risk exposure to the effects of interest rate changes. Additionally, the Company enters into derivative transactions in the course of its portfolio management activities. The counterparties to the Company’s derivative agreements are major financial institutions with which the Company and its affiliates may also have other financial relationships. In the event of nonperformance by the counterparties, the Company is potentially exposed to losses. The counterparties to the Company’s derivative agreements have investment grade ratings and, as a result, the Company does not anticipate that any of the counterparties will fail to fulfill their obligations.

 

The table below summarizes the aggregate notional amount and estimated net fair value of the derivative instruments as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of
March 31, 2014

 

As of
December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Notional

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Notional

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Cash Flow Hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

469,333

 

$

(45,752

)

$

478,333

 

$

(42,078

)

Free-Standing Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity swaps

 

 

(2,175

)

 

1,493

 

Credit default swaps—protection purchased

 

 

 

(100,000

)

(2,019

)

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

(341,554

)

(25,161

)

(320,380

)

(25,258

)

Foreign exchange options

 

129,900

 

8,128

 

129,900

 

8,941

 

Common stock warrants

 

 

960

 

 

945

 

Total rate of return swaps

 

 

(115

)

 

(229

)

Options

 

 

6,292

 

 

6,794

 

Total

 

 

 

$

(57,823

)

 

 

$

(51,411

)

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

The Company uses interest rate swaps to hedge a portion of the interest rate risk associated with its borrowings under CLO senior secured notes as well as certain of its floating rate junior subordinated notes. The Company designates these interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $469.3 million and $478.3 million, respectively. Changes in the estimated fair value of the interest rate swaps are recorded through accumulated other comprehensive loss, with gains or losses representing hedge ineffectiveness, if any, recognized in earnings during the reporting period.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the net (losses) gains recognized in other comprehensive loss related to derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2014

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Net (losses) gains recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss on cash flow hedges

 

$

(3,831

)

$

11,158

 

 

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least quarterly. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not recognize any ineffectiveness in income on the condensed consolidated statements of operations from its cash flow hedges.

 

Free-Standing Derivatives

 

Free-standing derivatives are derivatives that the Company has entered into in conjunction with its investment and risk management activities, but for which the Company has not designated the derivative contract as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes. Such derivative contracts may include credit default swaps (“CDS”), foreign exchange contracts and options, interest rate swaps and commodity derivatives. Free-standing derivatives also include investment financing arrangements (total rate of return swaps) whereby the Company receives the sum of all interest, fees and any positive change in fair value amounts from a reference asset with a specified notional amount and pays interest on such notional amount plus any negative change in fair value amounts from such reference asset.

 

Gains and losses on free-standing derivatives are reported in net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Unrealized gains (losses) represent the change in fair value of the derivative instruments and are noncash items.

 

Commodity Derivatives

 

In an effort to minimize the effects of the volatility of oil, natural gas and NGL prices, the Company will from time to time enter into derivative instruments such as swap contracts to hedge its forecasted commodities sales. The Company does not designate these contracts as cash flow hedges and as such, the changes in fair value of these instruments are recorded in current period earnings.

 

The following table summarizes open positions as of March 31, 2014, and represents, as of such date, derivatives in place through December 31, 2016, on expected annual production volumes:

 

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

Natural gas positions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed price swaps:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedged volume (MMMBtu)

 

4,373

 

4,277

 

1,805

 

Average price ($/MMBtu)

 

$

4.34

 

$

4.73

 

$

4.44

 

Natural gas liquid positions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed price swaps:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedged volume (MBbls)

 

122

 

41

 

 

Average price ($/Bbl)

 

$

31.26

 

$

42.39

 

$

 

Oil positions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed price swaps:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedged volume (MBbls)

 

573

 

541

 

 

Average price ($/Bbl)

 

$

92.35

 

$

88.40

 

$

 

 

Credit Default Swaps

 

A CDS is a contract in which the contract buyer pays, in the case of a short position, or receives, in the case of long position, a periodic premium until the contract expires or a credit event occurs. In return for this premium, the contract seller receives a payment from or makes a payment to the buyer if there is a credit default or other specified credit event with respect to the issuer (also known as the reference entity) of the underlying credit instrument referenced in the CDS. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the reference entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the reference entity.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had purchased protection with a notional amount of zero and $100.0 million, respectively. The Company sells or purchases protection to replicate fixed income securities and to complement the spot market when cash securities of the referenced entity of a particular maturity are not available or when the derivative alternative is less expensive compared to other purchasing alternatives. In addition, the Company may purchase protection to hedge economic exposure to declines in value of certain credit positions. The Company purchases its protection from banks and broker dealers, other financial institutions and other counterparties.

 

Foreign Exchange Derivatives

 

The Company holds certain positions that are denominated in a foreign currency, whereby movements in foreign currency exchange rates may impact earnings if the United States dollar significantly strengthens or weakens against foreign currencies. In an effort to minimize the effects of these fluctuations on earnings, the Company will from time to time enter into foreign exchange options or foreign exchange forward contracts related to the assets denominated in a foreign currency. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the net contractual notional balance of our foreign exchange options and forward contracts totaled $211.7 million and $190.5 million, respectively, all of which related to certain of our foreign currency denominated assets.

 

Free-Standing Derivatives Income (Loss)

 

The following table presents the amounts recorded in net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange on the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2014

 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

 

 

Realized gains
(losses)(1)

 

Unrealized gains
(losses)

 

Total

 

Realized gains
(losses)(1)

 

Unrealized gains
(losses)

 

Total

 

Commodity swaps

 

$

(1,914

)

$

(3,667

)

$

(5,581

)

$

1,109

 

$

(6,109

)

$

(5,000

)

Credit default swaps

 

(2,167

)

1,986

 

(181

)

(2,643

)

1,470

 

(1,173

)

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options(2) 

 

(450

)

68

 

(382

)

(911

)

(1,920

)

(2,831

)

Common stock warrants

 

 

14

 

14

 

 

152

 

152

 

Total rate of return swaps

 

(1,943

)

114

 

(1,829

)

 

 

 

Options

 

 

(411

)

(411

)

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized losses

 

$

(6,474

)

$

(1,896

)

$

(8,370

)

$

(2,445

)

$

(6,407

)

$

(8,852

)

 


(1)          Includes related income and expense on the derivatives.

(2)          Net of foreign exchange remeasurement gain or loss on foreign denominated assets.

 

The Company is not subject to a master netting arrangement and the Company’s derivative instruments are presented on a gross basis on its condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

NOTE 9. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

The components of changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2014(1)

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2013(1)

 

 

 

Net unrealized
gains on
available-for-sale
securities

 

Net unrealized
losses on cash
flow hedges

 

Total

 

Net unrealized
gains on
available-for-sale
securities

 

Net unrealized
losses on cash
flow hedges

 

Total

 

Beginning balance

 

$

23,567

 

$

(39,219

)

$

(15,652

)

$

17,472

 

$

(87,698

)

$

(70,226

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

 

(303

)

(3,831

)

(4,134

)

2,412

 

11,158

 

13,570

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss(2) 

 

(1,586

)

 

(1,586

)

3,113

 

 

3,113

 

Net current-period other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(1,889

)

(3,831

)

(5,720

)

5,525

 

11,158

 

16,683

 

Ending balance

 

$

21,678

 

$

(43,050

)

$

(21,372

)

$

22,997

 

$

(76,540

)

$

(53,543

)

 


(1)          The Company’s gross and net of tax amounts are the same.

 

(2)          Includes an impairment charge of $2.9 million and $5.9 million for investments which were determined to be other-than-temporary for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These reclassified amounts are included in net realized and unrealized gain on investments on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 10. COMMITMENTS & CONTINGENCIES

 

Commitments

 

As part of its strategy of investing in corporate loans, the Company commits to purchase interests in primary market loan syndications, which obligate the Company, subject to certain conditions, to acquire a predetermined interest in such loans at a specified price on a to-be-determined settlement date. Consistent with standard industry practices, once the Company has been informed of the amount of its syndication allocation in a particular loan by the syndication agent, the Company bears the risks and benefits of changes in the fair value of the syndicated loan from that date forward. In addition, the Company also commits to purchase corporate loans in the secondary market that similar to the above, the Company bears the risks and benefits of changes in the fair value from the trade date forward. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had committed to purchase corporate loans with aggregate par amounts totaling $309.5 million and $62.7 million, respectively. In addition, the Company participates in certain contingent financing arrangements, whereby the Company is committed to provide funding of up to a specific predetermined amount at the discretion of the borrower or has entered into an agreement to acquire interests in certain assets. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had unfunded financing commitments for corporate loans totaling $15.1 million and $17.4 million, respectively. The Company did not have any significant losses as of March 31, 2014, nor does it expect any significant losses related to those assets for which it committed to purchase and fund.

 

The Company participates in joint ventures and partnerships alongside KKR and its affiliates through which the Company contributes capital for assets, including development projects related to the Company’s interests in joint ventures and partnerships that hold commercial real estate and natural resources investments, as well as specialty lending focused businesses. The Company estimated these future contributions to total approximately $251.0 million as of March 31, 2014 and $325.5 million as of December 31, 2013.

 

Guarantees

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had investments, held alongside KKR and its affiliates, in real estate entities that were financed with non-recourse debt totaling $297.5 million and $231.7 million, respectively. Under non-recourse debt, the lender generally does not have recourse against any other assets owned by the borrower or any related parties of the borrower, except for certain specified exceptions listed in the respective loan documents including customary “bad boy” acts. In connection with these investments, joint and several non-recourse “bad boy” guarantees were provided for losses relating solely to specified bad faith acts that damage the value of the real estate being used as collateral. The Company does not expect any related losses. As of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company also had financial guarantees related to its natural resources investments totaling $17.9 million for which the Company does not expect any significant losses.

 

Contingencies

 

The Company has been named as a party in various legal actions in connection with the announced merger with KKR. It is inherently difficult to predict the ultimate outcome, particularly in cases in which claimants seek substantial or unspecified damages, or where investigations or proceedings are at an early stage and the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss that may be incurred. The Company has denied, or believes it has a meritorious defense and will deny liability in the significant cases pending against the Company. Based on current discussion and consultation with counsel, management believes that the resolution of these matters will not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 11. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Preferred Shares

 

On January 17, 2013, the Company issued 14.95 million of Series A LLC Preferred Shares for gross proceeds of $373.8 million, and net proceeds of $362.0 million. The Series A LLC Preferred Shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “KFN.PR” and began trading on January 28, 2013. Distributions on the Series A LLC Preferred Shares are cumulative and are payable, when, as, and if declared by the Company’s board of directors, quarterly on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year at a rate per annum equal to 7.375%.

 

Common Shares

 

On May 4, 2007, the Company adopted an amended and restated share incentive plan (the “2007 Share Incentive Plan”) that provides for the grant of qualified incentive common share options that meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, non-qualified common share options, share appreciation rights, restricted common shares and other share-based awards. The Compensation Committee of the board of directors administers the plan. Share options and other share-based awards may be granted to the Manager, directors, officers and any key employees of the Manager and to any other individual or entity performing services for the Company.

 

The exercise price for any share option granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common shares at the time the common share option is granted. Each option to acquire a common share must terminate no more than ten years from the date it is granted. As of March 31, 2014, the 2007 Share Incentive Plan authorizes a total of 8,964,625 shares that may be used to satisfy awards under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan.

 

The following table summarizes restricted common share transactions:

 

 

 

Manager

 

Directors

 

Total

 

Unvested shares as January 1, 2014

 

584,634

 

85,194

 

669,828

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

(243,648

)

 

(243,648

)

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

Unvested shares as of March 31, 2014

 

340,986

 

85,194

 

426,180

 

 

The Company is required to value any unvested restricted common shares granted to the Manager at the current market price. The Company valued the unvested restricted common shares granted to the Manager at $11.57 and $11.07 per share at March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There were $2.4 million and $5.3 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested restricted common shares granted as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These costs are expected to be recognized through 2016.

 

The following table summarizes common share option transactions:

 

 

 

Number of
Options

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

 

Outstanding as of January 1, 2014

 

1,932,279

 

$

20.00

 

Granted

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

Outstanding as of March 31, 2014

 

1,932,279

 

$

20.00

 

 

As of March 31, 2014 and 2013, 1,932,279 common share options were exercisable. As of March 31, 2014, the common share options were fully vested and expire in August 2014.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the components of share-based compensation expense are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Restricted common shares granted to Manager

 

$

577

 

$

719

 

Restricted common shares granted to certain directors

 

264

 

261

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

$

841

 

$

980

 

 

33



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 12. MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Manager manages the Company’s day-to-day operations, subject to the direction and oversight of the Company’s board of directors. The Management Agreement expires on December 31 of each year, but is automatically renewed for a one-year term each December 31 unless terminated upon the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Company’s independent directors, or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding common shares, based upon (1) unsatisfactory performance by the Manager that is materially detrimental to the Company or (2) a determination that the management fee payable by the Manager is not fair, subject to the Manager’s right to prevent such a termination under this clause (2) by accepting a mutually acceptable reduction of management fees. The Manager must be provided 180 days prior notice of any such termination and will be paid a termination fee equal to four times the sum of the average annual base management fee and the average annual incentive fee for the two 12-month periods immediately preceding the date of termination, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter prior to the date of termination.

 

The Management Agreement contains certain provisions requiring the Company to indemnify the Manager with respect to all losses or damages arising from acts not constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, or gross negligence. The Company has evaluated the impact of these guarantees on its condensed consolidated financial statements and determined that they are not material.

 

The following table summarizes the components of related party management compensation on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations, which are described in further detail below, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Base management fees, net

 

$

3,622

 

$

9,557

 

CLO management fees

 

8,536

 

849

 

Incentive fees

 

12,882

 

17,181

 

Manager share-based compensation

 

577

 

719

 

Total related party management compensation

 

$

25,617

 

$

28,306

 

 

Base Management Fees

 

The Company pays its Manager a base management fee monthly in arrears. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, certain related party fees received by affiliates of the Manager were credited to the Company via an offset to the base management fee (“Fee Credits”). Specifically, as described in further detail under “CLO Management Fees” below, a portion of the CLO management fees received by an affiliate of the Manager for certain of the Company’s CLOs were credited to the Company via an offset to the base management fee.

 

In addition, during the second half of 2013, the Company invested in a transaction that generated placement fees paid to a minority-owned affiliate of KKR. In connection with this transaction, the Manager agreed to reduce the Company’s base management fee payable to the Manager for the portion of these placement fees that were earned by KKR as a result of this minority-ownership. Separately, certain third-party expenses accrued and paid by the Company in the fourth quarter of 2013 in connection with the proposed merger with KKR were used to reduce the Company’s base management fees payable to the Manager in an amount equal to such third-party expenses.

 

The table below summarizes the aggregate base management fees for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Base management fees, gross

 

$

9,992

 

$

9,557

 

CLO management fees credit(1) 

 

(6,370

)

 

Total base management fees, net

 

$

3,622

 

$

9,557

 

 


(1)          See “CLO Management Fees” for further discussion.

 

The Manager is waiving base management fees related to the $230.4 million common share offering and $270.0 million common share rights offering that occurred during the third quarter of 2007 until such time as the Company’s common share closing

 

34



Table of Contents

 

price on the NYSE is $20.00 or more for five consecutive trading days. Accordingly, the Manager permanently waived approximately $2.2 million of base management fees during each of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

CLO Management Fees

 

An affiliate of the Manager entered into separate management agreements with the respective investment vehicles for all of the Company’s Cash Flow CLOs pursuant to which it is entitled to receive fees for the services it performs as collateral manager for all of these CLOs, except for CLO 2011-1. The collateral manager has the option to waive the fees it earns for providing management services for the CLO.

 

Fees Waived

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the collateral manager waived CLO management fees totaling $1.6 million for CLO 2005-2 and CLO 2006-1. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the collateral manager waived CLO management fees totaling $7.7 million for all eligible Cash Flow CLOs, except for CLO 2005-1 and CLO 2012-1.

 

Fees Charged and Fee Credits

 

The Company recorded management fees expense for CLO 2005-1, CLO 2007-1, CLO 2007-A, CLO 2012-1, CLO 2013-1 and CLO 2013-2 during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The Company recorded management fees expense for CLO 2005-1 and CLO 2012-1 during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

During the second half of 2013, the Manager began to credit the Company for a portion of the CLO management fees received by an affiliate of the Manager from CLO 2007-1, CLO 2007-A and CLO 2012-1 via an offset to the monthly base management fees payable to the Manager. As the Company owns less than 100% of the subordinated notes of three CLOs (with the remaining subordinated notes held by third parties), the Company received a Fee Credit equal only to the Company’s pro rata share of the aggregate CLO management fees paid by these CLOs. Specifically, the amount of the reimbursement for each of these CLOs was calculated by taking the product of (x) the total CLO management fees received by an affiliate of the Manager during the period for such CLO multiplied by (y) the percentage of the subordinated notes of such CLO held by the Company. The remaining portion of the CLO management fees paid by each of these CLOs was not credited to the Company, but instead resulted in a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the interest expense paid by the Company to the third party holder of the CLO’s subordinated notes. Similarly, the Manager credited the Company the CLO management fees from CLO 2013-1 and CLO 2013-2 based on the Company’s 100% ownership of the subordinated notes in the CLO.

 

The table below summarizes the aggregate CLO management fees, including the Fee Credits, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Charged and retained CLO management fees (1)

 

$

2,166

 

$

849

 

CLO management fees credit

 

6,370

 

 

Total CLO management fees

 

$

8,536

 

$

849

 

 


(1)          Represents management fees incurred by the senior and subordinated note holders of a CLO, excluding the Fee Credits received by the Company based on its ownership percentage in the CLO.

 

Subordinated note holders in CLOs have the first risk of loss and conversely, the residual value upside of the transactions. When CLO management fees are paid by a CLO, the residual economic interests in the CLO transaction are reduced by an amount commensurate with the CLO management fees paid. The Company records any residual proceeds due to subordinated note holders as interest expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Accordingly, the increase in CLO management fees is directly offset by a decrease in interest expense.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Incentive Fees

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Manager earned $12.9 million and $17.2 million of incentive fees, respectively. As of March 31, 2014, the Company had $12.9 million incentive fee payable to the Manager.

 

Manager Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company recognized share-based compensation expense related to restricted common shares granted to the Manager of $0.6 million and $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Refer to Note 11 to these condensed consolidated financial statements for further discussion on share-based compensation.

 

Reimbursable General and Administrative Expenses

 

Certain general and administrative expenses are incurred by the Company’s Manager on its behalf that are reimbursable to the Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred reimbursable general and administrative expenses to its Manager of $1.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Expenses incurred by the Manager and reimbursed by the Company are reflected in general, administrative and directors expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

Affiliated Investments

 

The Company has invested in corporate loans, debt securities and other investments of entities that are affiliates of KKR. As of March 31, 2014, the aggregate par amount of these affiliated investments totaled $2.1 billion, or approximately 29% of the total investment portfolio, and consisted of 28 issuers. The total $2.1 billion in affiliated investments was comprised of $2.0 billion of corporate loans, $39.5 million of corporate debt securities and $97.2 million of equity investments, at estimated fair value. As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate par amount of these affiliated investments totaled $2.1 billion, or approximately 27% of the total investment portfolio, and consisted of 28 issuers. The total $2.1 billion in affiliated investments was comprised of $1.9 billion of corporate loans, $52.8 million of corporate debt securities and $84.5 million of equity investments, at estimated fair value.

 

In addition, the Company has invested in certain joint ventures and partnerships alongside KKR and its affiliates. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the aggregate cost amount of these interests in joint ventures and partnerships totaled $454.9 million and $400.3 million, respectively.

 

NOTE 13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Financial Instruments Not Carried at Estimated Fair Value

 

The following table presents the carrying value and estimated fair value, as well as the respective hierarchy classifications, of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are not carried at estimated fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2014 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2014

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents

 

$

1,020,733

 

$

1,020,733

 

$

1,020,733

 

$

 

$

 

Corporate loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $223,541 as of March 31, 2014(1) 

 

5,458,118

 

5,603,855

 

 

5,484,290

 

119,565

 

Corporate loans held for sale(1) 

 

510,687

 

516,543

 

 

489,351

 

27,192

 

Private equity investments, at cost(2) 

 

405

 

5,695

 

 

 

5,695

 

Other assets

 

5,775

 

5,330

 

 

5,330

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized loan obligation secured debt

 

$

5,711,885

 

$

5,657,936

 

$

 

$

 

$

5,657,936

 

Credit facilities

 

49,889

 

49,889

 

 

 

49,889

 

Senior notes

 

362,302

 

410,700

 

410,700

 

 

 

Junior subordinated notes

 

283,517

 

249,241

 

 

 

249,241

 

 


(1)                                  Corporate loans held for investment are carried at amortized cost net of allowance for loan losses, while corporate loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Refer to “Fair Value Measurements” for a table presenting the corporate loans which are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

(2)                                  Included within other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the carrying value and estimated fair value, as well as the respective hierarchy classifications, of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are not carried at estimated fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents

 

$

507,552

 

$

507,552

 

$

507,552

 

$

 

$

 

Corporate loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $224,999 as of December 31, 2013(1)

 

5,949,492

 

6,051,641

 

 

5,691,988

 

359,653

 

Corporate loans held for sale(1) 

 

279,748

 

281,278

 

 

267,169

 

14,109

 

Private equity investments, at cost(2) 

 

405

 

4,496

 

 

 

4,496

 

Other assets

 

5,763

 

5,513

 

 

5,513

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized loan obligation secured debt

 

$

5,249,383

 

$

5,179,207

 

$

 

$

 

$

5,179,207

 

Credit facilities

 

125,289

 

125,289

 

 

 

125,289

 

Senior notes

 

362,276

 

393,772

 

393,772

 

 

 

Junior subordinated notes

 

283,517

 

247,416

 

 

 

247,416

 

 


(1)                                  Corporate loans held for investment are carried at amortized cost net of allowance for loan losses, while corporate loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Refer to “Fair Value Measurements” for a table presenting the corporate loans which are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

(2)                                 Included within other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2014, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Balance as of
March 31, 2014

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

$

 

$

333,735

 

$

23,528

 

$

357,263

 

Other securities, at estimated fair value

 

 

16,230

 

125,511

 

141,741

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

58,753

 

58,753

 

Total securities

 

 

349,965

 

207,792

 

557,757

 

Corporate loans, at estimated fair value

 

 

80,532

 

153,395

 

233,927

 

Equity investments, at estimated fair value

 

26,702

 

309

 

258,977

 

285,988

 

Interests in joint ventures and partnerships

 

15,849

 

 

494,420

 

510,269

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

1,871

 

 

1,871

 

Commodity swaps

 

 

4,210

 

 

4,210

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

 

5,353

 

 

5,353

 

Foreign exchange options

 

 

 

8,128

 

8,128

 

Common stock warrants

 

 

960

 

 

960

 

Total rate of return swaps

 

 

39

 

 

39

 

Options

 

 

 

6,492

 

6,492

 

Total derivatives

 

 

12,433

 

14,620

 

27,053

 

Total

 

$

42,551

 

$

443,239

 

$

1,129,204

 

$

1,614,994

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

47,623

 

 

47,623

 

Commodity swaps

 

 

6,385

 

 

6,385

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

 

30,514

 

 

30,514

 

Total rate of return swaps

 

 

154

 

 

154

 

Options

 

 

200

 

 

200

 

Total derivatives

 

 

84,876

 

 

84,876

 

Total

 

$

 

$

84,876

 

$

 

$

84,876

 

 

37



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of March 31, 2014, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value (amounts in thousands). There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

 

Balance as of
March 31, 2014

 

Corporate loans held for sale(1) 

 

$

 

$

140,166

 

$

8,203

 

$

148,369

 

Total

 

$

 

$

140,166

 

$

8,203

 

$

148,369

 

 


(1)                                  As of March 31, 2014, total loans held for sale had a carrying value of $510.7 million of which $148.4 million was carried at estimated fair value and the remaining $362.3 million carried at amortized cost.

 

There were no transfers between Level 1 or 2 for the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis as of March 31, 2014.

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Balance as of
December 31,

2013

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

$

 

$

326,940

 

$

23,401

 

$

350,341

 

Other securities, at estimated fair value

 

 

39,437

 

107,530

 

146,967

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

76,004

 

76,004

 

Total securities

 

 

366,377

 

206,935

 

573,312

 

Corporate loans, at estimated fair value

 

 

84,680

 

152,800

 

237,480

 

Equity investments, at estimated fair value

 

39,515

 

3,638

 

138,059

 

181,212

 

Interests in joint ventures and partnerships

 

14,836

 

 

415,247

 

430,083

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

3,290

 

 

3,290

 

Commodity swaps

 

 

5,408

 

 

5,408

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

 

4,846

 

 

4,846

 

Foreign exchange options

 

 

 

8,941

 

8,941

 

Common stock warrants

 

 

945

 

 

945

 

Options

 

 

 

6,794

 

6,794

 

Total derivatives

 

 

14,489

 

15,735

 

30,224

 

Total

 

$

54,351

 

$

469,184

 

$

928,776

 

$

1,452,311

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

45,368

 

 

45,368

 

Commodity swaps

 

 

3,915

 

 

3,915

 

Credit default swaps—protection purchased

 

 

2,019

 

 

2,019

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

 

30,104

 

 

30,104

 

Total rate of return swaps

 

 

229

 

 

229

 

Total derivatives

 

 

81,635

 

 

81,635

 

Total

 

$

 

$

81,635

 

$

 

$

81,635

 

 

38



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2013, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value (amounts in thousands). There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

 

Balance as of
December 31,

2013

 

Corporate loans held for sale(1) 

 

$

 

$

90,485

 

$

5,568

 

$

96,053

 

Total

 

$

 

$

90,485

 

$

5,568

 

$

96,053

 

 


(1)                                  As of December 31, 2013, total loans held for sale had a carrying value of $279.7 million of which $96.1 million was carried at estimated fair value and the remaining $183.6 million carried at amortized cost.

 

Whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such properties may not be recoverable, the Company evaluates its proved oil and natural gas properties and related equipment and facilities for impairment on a field-by-field basis. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded impairment charges totaling $10.4 million to write down certain of its oil and natural gas properties with a carrying amount of $16.1 million to an estimated fair value of $5.7 million.

 

There were no transfers between Level 1 or 2 for the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2013.

 

Level 3 Fair Value Rollforward

 

The following table presents additional information about assets, including derivatives that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value, for the year ended March 31, 2014 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Securities
Available-
For-Sale:
Corporate
Debt
Securities

 

Other
Securities,
at Estimated
Fair Value

 

Residential
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities

 

Corporate
Loans, at
Estimated
Fair Value

 

Equity
Investments,
at Estimated
Fair Value

 

Interests in
Joint
Ventures and
Partnerships

 

Foreign
Exchange
Options,
Net

 

Options

 

Beginning balance as of January 1, 2014

 

$

23,401

 

$

107,530

 

$

76,004

 

$

152,800

 

$

138,059

 

$

415,247

 

$

8,941

 

$

6,794

 

Total gains or losses (for the period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in earnings(1) 

 

22

 

3,059

 

3,088

 

(5,123

)

9,076

 

22,377

 

(813

)

(302

)

Included in other comprehensive income

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers into Level 3(2) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3(3) 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,751

)

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

25,000

 

 

8,822

 

 

42,683

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

(17,810

)

 

 

 

 

 

Settlements

 

(16

)

(10,078

)

(2,529

)

(3,104

)

120,593

 

14,113

 

 

 

Ending balance as of March 31, 2014

 

$

23,528

 

$

125,511

 

$

58,753

 

$

153,395

 

$

258,977

 

$

494,420

 

$

8,128

 

$

6,492

 

Change in unrealized gains or losses for the period included in earnings for assets held at the end of the reporting period(1) 

 

$

22

 

$

3,059

 

$

3,739

 

$

3,205

 

$

8,156

 

$

22,377

 

$

(813

)

$

(302

)

 


(1)                                   Amounts are included in net realized and unrealized gain on investments or net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

(2)                                   There were no transfers into Level 3. The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers into Level 3 at the end of the reporting period.

 

(3)                                   Equity investments, at estimated fair value were transferred out of Level 3 because observable market data became available. The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers out of Level 3 at the end of the reporting period.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents additional information about assets, including derivatives that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Securities
Available-
For-Sale:
Corporate
Debt
Securities

 

Other
Securities,
at Estimated
Fair Value

 

Residential
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities

 

Corporate
Loans, at
Estimated
Fair Value

 

Equity
Investments,
at Estimated
Fair Value

 

Interests in
Joint Ventures 
and
Partnerships

 

Foreign
Exchange
Options,
Net

 

Common
Stock
Warrants

 

Beginning balance as of January 1, 2013

 

$

42,221

 

$

2,909

 

$

83,842

 

$

16,141

 

$

97,746

 

$

142,477

 

$

8,277

 

$

1,574

 

Total gains or losses (for the period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in earnings(1) 

 

(117

)

328

 

5,721

 

(1,426

)

4,516

 

6,679

 

(2,927

)

245

 

Included in other comprehensive income

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers into Level 3(2) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3(2) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

 

3,073

 

 

22,812

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Settlements

 

(111

)

 

(2,535

)

(463

)

 

(2,037

)

 

 

Ending balance as of March  31, 2013

 

$

42,083

 

$

3,237

 

$

87,028

 

$

17,325

 

$

102,262

 

$

169,931

 

$

5,350

 

$

1,819

 

Change in unrealized gains or losses for the period included in earnings for assets held at the end of the reporting period(1) 

 

$

(117

)

$

328

 

$

12,088

 

$

(1,722

)

$

4,516

 

$

6,679

 

$

(2,927

)

$

245

 

 


(1)                                  Amounts are included in net realized and unrealized gain on investments or net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

(2)                                  There were no transfers between Level 1 or 2. The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers into and out of Level 3 at the end of the reporting period.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Valuation Techniques and Inputs for Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

 

The following table presents additional information about valuation techniques and inputs used for assets and liabilities, including derivatives, that are measured at fair value and categorized within Level 3 as of March 31, 2014 (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Balance as of
March 31, 2014

 

Valuation
Techniques(1)

 

Unobservable
Inputs(2)

 

Weighted
Average(3)

 

Range

 

Impact to
Valuation
from an
Increase in
Input(4)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

$

23,528

 

Yield Analysis

 

Yield

 

10%

 

6% - 12%

 

Decrease

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

Net leverage

 

12x

 

11x - 12x

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA multiple

 

9x

 

8x - 9x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

Broker quotes

 

Offered quotes

 

105

 

105

 

Increase

 

Other securities, at estimated fair value

 

$

125,511

 

Yield Analysis

 

Yield

 

13%

 

7% - 15%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA multiple

 

7x

 

7x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount margin

 

530bps

 

530bps

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

Broker quotes

 

Offered quotes

 

103

 

103 - 104

 

Increase

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

58,753

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Probability of default

 

7%

 

0% - 21%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss severity

 

25%

 

12% - 37%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Constant prepayment rate

 

13%

 

5% - 24%

 

(5

)

Corporate loans, at estimated fair value

 

$

153,395

 

Yield Analysis

 

Yield

 

14%

 

5% - 18%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net leverage

 

7x

 

4x - 16x

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA multiple

 

9x

 

6x - 12x

 

Increase

 

Equity investments, at estimated fair value(6)

 

$

258,977

 

Inputs to both market

 

Weight ascribed to market

 

54%

 

25% - 100%

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

comparables and

 

comparables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flow

 

Weight ascribed to

 

62%

 

50% - 100%

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market comparables

 

LTM EBITDA multiple

 

10x

 

6x - 18x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward EBITDA multiple

 

10x

 

7x - 16x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Weighted average cost of capital

 

14%

 

9% - 20%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LTM EBITDA exit multiple

 

8x

 

4x - 10x

 

Increase

 

Interests in joint ventures and partnerships(9)

 

$

494,420

 

Inputs to both market

 

Weight ascribed to market

 

52%

 

50% - 100%

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

comparables and

 

comparables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flow

 

Weight ascribed to

 

65%

 

50% - 100%

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market comparables

 

Current capitalization rate

 

7%

 

6% - 9%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LTM EBITDA

 

9x

 

9x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Weighted average cost of capital

 

12%

 

8% - 24%

 

Decrease

 

Foreign exchange options

 

$

8,128

 

Option pricing model

 

Forward and spot rates

 

1

 

0 - 1

 

(10

)

Options

 

$

6,492

 

Inputs to both market

 

Weight ascribed to market

 

50%

 

50%

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

comparables and

 

comparables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flow

 

Weight ascribed to

 

50%

 

50%

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market comparables

 

LTM EBITDA

 

9x

 

9x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Weighted average cost of capital

 

12%

 

12%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LTM EBITDA exit multiple

 

10x

 

10x

 

Increase

 

 


(1)                                  For the assets that have more than one valuation technique, the Company may rely on the techniques individually or in aggregate based on a weight ascribed to each one ranging from 0-100%. When determining the weighting ascribed to each valuation methodology, the Company considers, among other factors, the availability of direct market comparables, the applicability of a discounted cash flow analysis and the expected hold period and manner of realization for the investment. These factors can result in different weightings among the investments and in certain instances, may result in up to a 100% weighting to a single methodology. Broker quotes obtained for valuation purposes are reviewed by the Company through other valuation techniques.

 

(2)                                  The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s assets and liabilities may include the last twelve months (“LTM”) EBITDA multiple, weighted average cost of capital, net leverage, probability of default, loss severity and constant prepayment rate. In determining certain of these inputs, management evaluates a variety of factors including economic, industry and market trends and developments; market valuations of comparable companies; and company specific developments including potential exit strategies and realization opportunities. Significant increases or decreases in any of these inputs in isolation could result in significantly lower or higher fair value measurement.

 

(3)                                  Weighted average amounts are based on the estimated fair values.

 

(4)                                  Unless otherwise noted, this column represents the directional change in the fair value of the Level 3 investments that would result from an increase to the corresponding unobservable input. A decrease to the unobservable input would have the opposite effect. Significant changes in these inputs in isolation could result in significantly higher or lower fair value measurements.

 

(5)                                  The impact of changes in prepayment speeds may have differing impacts depending on the seniority of the instrument. Generally, an increase in the constant prepayment speed will positively impact the overall valuation of traditional mortgage assets. In contrast, an increase in the constant prepayment rate will negatively impact the overall valuation of interest-only strips.

 

(6)                                  When determining the illiquidity discount to be applied to equity investments, at estimated fair value, the Company takes a uniform approach across its portfolio and generally applies a minimum 5% discount to all private equity investments carried at estimated fair value. The Company then evaluates such investments to determine if factors exist that could make it more challenging to monetize the investment and, therefore, justify applying a higher illiquidity discount. These factors generally include the salability of the investment, whether the issuer is undergoing significant restructuring activity or similar factors, as well as characteristics about the issuer including its size and/or whether it is experiencing, or expected to experience, a significant decline in earnings. Depending on the applicability of these factors, the Company determines the amount of any incremental illiquidity discount to be applied above the 5% minimum, and during the time the Company holds the investment, the illiquidity discount may be increased or decreased, from time to time, based on changes to these factors. The amount of illiquidity discount applied at any time requires considerable judgment about what a market participant would consider and is based on the facts and circumstances of each individual investment. Accordingly, the illiquidity discount ultimately considered by a market participant upon the realization of any investment may be higher or lower than that estimated by the Company in its valuations.

 

(7)                                  The directional change from an increase in the weight ascribed to the market comparables approach would increase the fair value of the Level III investments if the market comparables approach results in a higher valuation than the discounted cash flow approach. The opposite would be true if the market comparables approach results in a lower valuation than the discounted cash flow approach.

 

(8)                                  The directional change from an increase in the weight ascribed to the discounted cash flow approach would increase the fair value of the Level III investments if the discounted cash flow approach results in a higher valuation than the market comparables approach. The opposite would be true if the discounted cash flow approach results in a lower valuation than the market comparables approach.

 

(9)                                  Includes an asset that was valued using an independent third party valuation firm.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

 

(10)                           The directional change from an increase in forward and spot rates varies and is dependent on the specific option.

 

The following table presents additional information about valuation techniques and inputs used for assets and liabilities, including derivatives, that are measured at fair value and categorized within Level 3 as of December 31, 2013 (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Balance as of
December 31,
2013

 

Valuation
Techniques(1)

 

Unobservable
Inputs(2)

 

Weighted
Average(3)

 

Range

 

Impact to
Valuation
from an
Increase in
Input(4)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

$

23,401

 

Yield Analysis

 

Yield

 

10%

 

6% - 12%

 

Decrease

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

Net leverage

 

12x

 

11x - 12x

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA multiple

 

8x

 

8x - 9x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

Broker quotes

 

Offered quotes

 

105

 

104 - 105

 

Increase

 

Other securities, at estimated fair value

 

$

107,530

 

Yield Analysis

 

Yield

 

12%

 

7% - 17%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA multiple

 

8x

 

7x - 8x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Illiquidity discount

 

3%

 

3%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net leverage

 

1x

 

1x - 2x

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

Broker quotes

 

Offered quotes

 

102

 

101 - 102

 

Increase

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

76,004

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Probability of default

 

7%

 

0% - 21%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss severity

 

28%

 

16% - 77%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Constant prepayment rate

 

15%

 

3% - 35%

 

(5)

 

Corporate loans, at estimated fair value

 

$

152,800

 

Yield Analysis

 

Yield

 

16%

 

14% - 23%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net leverage

 

7x

 

4x - 12x

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA multiple

 

8x

 

6x - 11x

 

Increase

 

Equity investments, at estimated fair value(6)

 

$

138,059

 

Inputs to both market

 

Weight ascribed to market

 

50%

 

33% - 100%

 

(7)

 

 

 

 

 

comparables and

 

comparables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flow

 

Weight ascribed to

 

59%

 

50% - 100%

 

(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market comparables

 

LTM EBITDA multiple

 

12x

 

6x - 16x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward EBITA multiple

 

12x

 

10x - 14x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Weighted average cost of capital

 

11%

 

8% - 14%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LTM EBITDA exit multiple

 

10x

 

4x - 11x

 

Increase

 

Interests in joint ventures and partnerships

 

$

415,247

 

Inputs to both market

 

Weight ascribed to market

 

50%

 

50% - 100%

 

(7)

 

 

 

 

 

comparables and

 

comparables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flow

 

Weight ascribed to

 

50%

 

50% - 100%

 

(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market comparables

 

Current capitalization rate

 

7%

 

6% - 9%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LTM EBITDA

 

9x

 

9x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Weighted average cost of capital

 

12%

 

8% - 24%

 

Decrease

 

Foreign exchange options

 

$

8,941

 

Option pricing model

 

Forward and spot rates

 

1

 

0 - 1

 

(9)

 

Options

 

$

6,794

 

Inputs to both market

 

Weight ascribed to market

 

50%

 

50%

 

(7)

 

 

 

 

 

comparables and

 

comparables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flow

 

Weight ascribed to

 

50%

 

50%

 

(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

discounted cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market comparables

 

LTM EBITDA

 

9x

 

9x

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Weighted average cost of capital

 

12%

 

12%

 

Decrease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LTM EBITDA exit multiple

 

10x

 

9x - 10x

 

Increase

 

 


(1)                                  For the assets that have more than one valuation technique, the Company may rely on the techniques individually or in aggregate based on a weight ascribed to each one ranging from 0-100%. When determining the weighting ascribed to each valuation methodology, the Company considers, among other factors, the availability of direct market comparables, the applicability of a discounted cash flow analysis and the expected hold period and manner of realization for the investment. These factors can result in different weightings among the investments and in certain instances, may result in up to a 100% weighting to a single methodology. Broker quotes obtained for valuation purposes are reviewed by the Company through other valuation techniques.

 

(2)                                  The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s assets and liabilities may include the last twelve months (“LTM”) EBITDA multiple, weighted average cost of capital, net leverage, probability of default, loss severity and constant prepayment rate. In determining certain of these inputs, management evaluates a variety of factors including economic, industry and market trends and developments; market valuations of comparable companies; and company specific developments including potential exit strategies and realization opportunities. Significant increases or decreases in any of these inputs in isolation could result in significantly lower or higher fair value measurement.

 

(3)                                  Weighted average amounts are based on the estimated fair values.

 

(4)                                  Unless otherwise noted, this column represents the directional change in the fair value of the Level 3 investments that would result from an increase to the corresponding unobservable input. A decrease to the unobservable input would have the opposite effect. Significant changes in these inputs in isolation could result in significantly higher or lower fair value measurements.

 

(5)                                  The impact of changes in prepayment speeds may have differing impacts depending on the seniority of the instrument. Generally, an increase in the constant prepayment speed will positively impact the overall valuation of traditional mortgage assets. In contrast, an increase in the constant prepayment rate will negatively impact the overall valuation of interest-only strips.

 

(6)                                  When determining the illiquidity discount to be applied to equity investments, at estimated fair value, the Company takes a uniform approach across its portfolio and generally applies a minimum 5% discount to all private equity investments carried at estimated fair value. The Company then evaluates such investments to determine if factors exist that could make it more challenging to monetize the investment and, therefore, justify applying a higher illiquidity

 

42



Table of Contents

 

discount. These factors generally include the salability of the investment, whether the issuer is undergoing significant restructuring activity or similar factors, as well as characteristics about the issuer including its size and/or whether it is experiencing, or expected to experience, a significant decline in earnings. Depending on the applicability of these factors, the Company determines the amount of any incremental illiquidity discount to be applied above the 5% minimum, and during the time the Company holds the investment, the illiquidity discount may be increased or decreased, from time to time, based on changes to these factors. The amount of illiquidity discount applied at any time requires considerable judgment about what a market participant would consider and is based on the facts and circumstances of each individual investment. Accordingly, the illiquidity discount ultimately considered by a market participant upon the realization of any investment may be higher or lower than that estimated by the Company in its valuations.

 

(7)                                  The directional change from an increase in the weight ascribed to the market comparables approach would increase the fair value of the Level III investments if the market comparables approach results in a higher valuation than the discounted cash flow approach. The opposite would be true if the market comparables approach results in a lower valuation than the discounted cash flow approach.

 

(8)                                  The directional change from an increase in the weight ascribed to the discounted cash flow approach would increase the fair value of the Level III investments if the discounted cash flow approach results in a higher valuation than the market comparables approach. The opposite would be true if the discounted cash flow approach results in a lower valuation than the market comparables approach.

 

(9)                                  The directional change from an increase in forward and spot rates varies and is dependent on the specific option.

 

NOTE 14. SEGMENT REPORTING

 

Operating segments are defined as components of a company that engage in business activities that may earn revenues and incur expenses for which separate financial information is available and reviewed by the chief operating decision maker or group in determining how to allocate resources and assessing performance. The Company operates its business through the following reportable segments: credit (“Credit”), natural resources (“Natural Resources”) and other segments (“Other”).

 

The Company’s reportable segments are differentiated primarily by their investment focuses. The Credit segment consists primarily of below investment grade corporate debt comprised of senior secured and unsecured loans, mezzanine loans, high yield bonds, private and public equity investments, and distressed and stressed debt securities. The Natural Resources segment consists of non-operated working and overriding royalty interests in oil and natural gas properties. The Other segment includes all other portfolio holdings, consisting solely of commercial real estate. The segments currently reported are consistent with the way decisions regarding the allocation of resources are made, as well as how operating results are reviewed by the Company.

 

The Company evaluates the performance of its reportable segments based on several net income components. Net income includes (i) revenues, (ii) related investment costs and expenses, (iii) other income (loss), which is comprised primarily of unrealized and realized gains and losses on investments and derivatives, and (iv) other expenses, including related party management compensation and general and administrative expenses. Certain corporate assets and expenses that are not directly related to the individual segments, including interest expense and related costs on borrowings, base management fees and professional services are allocated to individual segments based on the investment portfolio balance in each respective segment as of the most recent period-end. Certain other corporate assets and expenses, including prepaid insurance, incentive fees, insurance expenses, directors’ expenses and share-based compensation expense are not allocated to individual segments in the Company’s assessment of segment performance. Collectively, these items are included as reconciling items between reported segment amounts and consolidated totals.

 

The following table presents the net income (loss) components of our reportable segments reconciled to amounts reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Credit

 

Natural Resources

 

Other

 

Reconciling Items(1)

 

Total Consolidated

 

For the three months ended March 31

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Total revenues

 

$

96,562

 

$

115,149

 

$

44,028

 

$

23,805

 

$

 

$

1,496

 

$

 

$

 

$

140,590

 

$

140,450

 

Total investment costs and expenses

 

45,873

 

61,399

 

27,576

 

19,469

 

321

 

181

 

 

 

73,770

 

81,049

 

Total other income (loss)

 

64,516

 

93,926

 

(5,389

)

(4,746

)

13,713

 

5,309

 

 

(20,269

)

72,840

 

74,220

 

Total other expenses

 

15,835

 

13,968

 

1,154

 

1,630

 

140

 

124

 

14,329

 

19,105

 

31,458

 

34,827

 

Income tax expense

 

19

 

457

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

19

 

458

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

99,351

 

$

133,251

 

$

9,909

 

$

(2,040

)

$

13,252

 

$

6,499

 

$

(14,329

)

$

(39,374

)

$

108,183

 

98,336

 

 


(1)              Consists of certain expenses not allocated to individual segments including (i) other income (loss) comprised of losses on restructuring and extinguishment of debt of $20.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and (ii) other expenses comprised of incentive fees of $12.9 million and $17.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The remaining reconciling items include insurance expenses, directors’ expenses and share-based compensation expense.

 

The following table shows total assets of reportable segments reconciled to amounts reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Credit

 

Natural Resources

 

Other

 

Reconciling
Items

 

Total Consolidated

 

As of

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

 

Total assets

 

$

8,407,372

 

$

8,020,353

 

$

528,705

 

$

505,029

 

$

225,552

 

$

190,946

 

$

700

 

$

870

 

$

9,162,329

 

$

8,717,198

 

 

43



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On April 30, 2014, the proposed merger transaction with KKR & Co. was approved by the Company’s common shareholders and the merger was completed, resulting in the Company becoming a subsidiary of KKR & Co. As a result of the merger, the Company’s board of directors did not declare a distribution on its common shares for the first quarter of 2014 and, instead, the Company’s common shareholders will receive a quarterly distribution in respect of the KKR & Co. common units that such holder received in the merger to the extent that they hold those shares through May 9, 2014, which is the record date for the KKR & Co. distribution. Also, in connection with the merger, on April 30, 2014, the Company terminated its three-year $150.0 million revolving credit facility, maturing on November 30, 2015, which had no borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2014.

 

In accordance with GAAP, the merger will be accounted for as a business combination which requires that the consideration exchanged and net assets acquired be recorded in the acquirer’s financial statements at their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Acquisition accounting requires that the valuation of net assets be recorded in the acquiree’s records as well. Due to the limited time since the completion of merger, the initial accounting for this transaction is incomplete as of the date of this filing. The Company is currently in the process of determining the purchase accounting impact of the merger. Accordingly, it is impracticable for the Company to make certain business combination disclosures.

 

On April 29, 2014, Energy Future Holdings Corp. and certain of its subsidiaries, including TXU, filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. TXU missed its interest payment due on its funded debt on April 1, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, TXU was a top three holding in the Company’s corporate loan portfolio and totaled an aggregate amortized cost of $311.6 million of impaired loans, which were included in the allocated component of the Company’s allowance for loan losses. In addition, the Company held TXU loans held for sale with a recorded investment of $29.8 million as of March 31, 2014.

 

On March 25, 2014, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash distribution of $0.460938 per share on its Series A LLC Preferred Shares. The distribution was paid on April 15, 2014 to preferred shareholders as of the close of business on April 8, 2014.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Item 2.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Except where otherwise expressly stated or the context suggests otherwise, the terms “we,” “us” and “our” refer to KKR Financial Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries.

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Certain information contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q constitutes “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “aim,” “expect,” “strive,” “plan,” “estimate,” and “project,” and similar words identify forward-looking statements. Such statements are not guarantees of future performance, events or results and involve potential risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, actual results and the timing of certain events could differ materially from those addressed in forward-looking statements due to a number of factors including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates and market values, financing and capital availability, changes in prepayment rates, general economic and political conditions and events, changes in market conditions, particularly in the global fixed income, credit and equity markets, the impact of current, pending and future legislation, regulation and legal actions, and other factors not presently identified. Other factors that may impact our actual results are discussed under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities Exchange Commission, or the SEC, on February 27, 2014. We do not undertake, and specifically disclaim, any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements, except for as required by federal securities laws.

 

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

 

We are a specialty finance company with expertise in a range of asset classes. Our core business strategy is to leverage the proprietary resources of KKR Financial Advisors LLC (our “Manager”) with the objective of generating both current income and capital appreciation by deploying capital to our strategies, which include bank loans and high yield securities, natural resources, special situations, mezzanine, commercial real estate and private equity with a focus on specialty lending. Our holdings across these strategies primarily consist of below investment grade syndicated corporate loans, also known as leveraged loans, high yield debt securities, private equity, interests in joint ventures and partnerships, and working and royalty interests in oil and gas properties. The corporate loans that we hold are typically purchased via assignment or participation in the primary or secondary market.

 

The majority of our holdings consist of corporate loans and high yield debt securities held in collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) transactions that are structured as on-balance sheet securitizations and are used as long term financing for our investments in corporate debt. The senior secured debt issued by the CLO transactions is primarily owned by unaffiliated third party investors and we own the majority of the subordinated notes in the CLO transactions. As of March 31, 2014, our CLO transactions consisted of nine CLO transactions, KKR Financial CLO 2005-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2005-1”), KKR Financial CLO 2005-2, Ltd. (“CLO 2005-2”), KKR Financial CLO 2006-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2006-1”), KKR Financial CLO 2007-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2007-1”), KKR Financial CLO 2007-A, Ltd. (“CLO 2007-A”), KKR Financial CLO 2011-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2011-1”), KKR Financial CLO 2012-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2012-1”), KKR Financial CLO 2013-1, Ltd. (“CLO 2013-1”) and KKR Financial CLO 2013-2, Ltd. (“CLO 2013-2”) (collectively the “Cash Flow CLOs”). We execute our core business strategy through our majority-owned subsidiaries, including CLOs.

 

We are a Delaware limited liability company and were organized on January 17, 2007. We are the successor to KKR Financial Corp., a Maryland corporation. Our common shares are publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “KFN”. We intend to continue to operate so that we qualify, for United States federal income tax purposes, as a partnership and not as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

 

Our Manager is a wholly-owned subsidiary of KKR Asset Management LLC (“KAM”), pursuant to a management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). KAM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”).

 

Merger with KKR & Co.

 

On December 16, 2013, we announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement pursuant to which KKR & Co. L.P. (“KKR & Co.”) had agreed to acquire all of our outstanding common shares through an exchange of equity through which our shareholders would receive 0.51 common units representing the limited partnership interests of KKR & Co. for each common share of KFN. On April 30, 2014, the transaction was approved by our common shareholders and the merger was completed, resulting in us becoming a subsidiary of KKR & Co. Our 7.375% Series A LLC Preferred Shares (“Series A LLC Preferred Shares”), senior notes and junior subordinated notes will remain outstanding and we will continue to file periodic reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Pursuant to the merger agreement, upon the effective date of the merger, (i) each outstanding option to purchase a KFN common share was cancelled, as the exercise price per share applicable to all outstanding options exceeded the cash value of the number of KKR & Co. common units that a holder of one KFN common share is entitled to in the merger, (ii) each outstanding restricted KFN common share (other than those held by our Manager) was converted into 0.51 KKR & Co. common units having the same terms and conditions as applied immediately prior to the effective time, and (iii) each phantom share under KFN’s Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation and Share Award Plan was converted into a phantom share in respect of 0.51 KKR & Co. common units and otherwise remains subject to the terms of the plan.

 

In connection with the merger, on April 30, 2014, we terminated our three-year $150.0 million revolving credit facility, maturing on November 30, 2015 (the “2015 Facility”), which had no borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2014. In addition, based on the consummation of the merger, we will pay approximately $20.0 million in contingent fees owed to the financial and legal advisors to the transaction committee in connection with the merger.

 

The merger agreement required that we and KKR & Co. coordinate the timing of the declaration of distributions on our respective common equity prior to the closing of the merger so that, in any quarter, a holder of our common shares will not receive distributions in respect of both KFN common shares and in respect of the KKR & Co. common units that such holder will receive in the merger. As such, our board of directors did not declare a distribution on our common shares for the first quarter of 2014 and, instead, our common shareholders will receive a quarterly distribution in respect of the KKR & Co. common units that such holder received in the merger and holds through May 9, 2014, the record date for such distribution, in an amount equal to $0.43 per KKR & Co. common unit. This distribution is payable on May 23, 2014 to unitholders.

 

Business Environment

 

During the first quarter of 2014, investors continued to search for yield, driving overall price appreciation in the credit market. Overall, largely due to the pullback in rates, fixed-income bonds relative to loans were more attractive. The S&P/LSTA Loan Index returned 1.2% for the first quarter of 2014 (as compared to 2.1% for the first quarter of 2013) while the Bank of America Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Master II index returned 3.0% for the first quarter of 2014 (as compared to 2.9% for the first quarter of 2013).  The overall performance of the market drove unrealized mark-to-market gains, which had a positive impact on our credit portfolio.

 

Interest rates in the U.S. remained low during the first quarter of 2014 with the three-month London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) ending at 0.23% at March 31, 2014 compared to 0.28% at March 31, 2013, and the average three-month LIBOR rate declining to 0.24% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from 0.29% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The majority of our investment portfolio is comprised of floating rate corporate loans indexed to either one-month or three-month LIBOR, which are impacted by changing LIBOR rates.

 

In addition to our financial assets consisting primarily of bank loans and high yield bonds, we hold oil and natural gas assets, which are impacted by the relevant commodity prices. Commodity price volatility impacts our net income through total revenues and net realized and unrealized gain and loss on our commodity swaps. In addition, revenue earned on our oil and natural gas properties are dependent on volumes produced. The Henry Hub spot natural gas price increased to $4.48 per million British thermal units (“MMBtu”) as of March 31, 2014, from $4.09 per MMBtu as of March 28, 2013. Separately, the WTI Cushing crude oil spot price increased to $101.57 per barrel (“Bbl”) as of March 31, 2014, from $97.24 per Bbl as of March 28, 2013.

 

Summary of Results

 

Our net income available to common shareholders for the three months ended March 31, 2014 totaled $101.3 million (or $0.49 per diluted common share), as compared to net income of $91.6 million (or $0.46 per diluted common share) for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Additional discussion around our results, as well as the components of net income for our reportable segments for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are detailed further below under “Results of Operations.”

 

Book value per common share increased $0.25 to $10.83 as of March 31, 2014 from $10.58 as of December 31, 2013. This increase in book value per common share was attributable to the earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2014 of $0.49 per common share, partially offset by an increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $0.03 per common share and the distribution to shareholders during the three months ended March 31, 2014 of $0.22 per common share.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Cash Distributions to Shareholders

 

On March 25, 2014, our board of directors declared a cash distribution of $0.460938 per share on its Series A LLC Preferred Shares. The distribution was paid on April 15, 2014 to preferred shareholders as of the close of business on April 8, 2014.

 

The amount and timing of our distributions to our common and preferred shareholders, including any special distributions to our common shareholders, is determined by our board of directors and is based upon a review of various factors including current market conditions, our liquidity needs, legal and contractual restrictions on the payment of distributions, including those under the terms of our preferred shares which would impact common shareholders, the amount of ordinary taxable income or loss earned by us, gains or losses recognized by us on the disposition of assets and our liquidity needs. For this purpose, we will generally determine gains or losses based upon the price we paid for those assets.

 

We note, however, because of the tax rules applicable to partnerships, the gains or losses recognized by a common shareholder on the sale of assets held by us may be higher or lower depending upon the purchase price the shareholder paid for our common shares. Holders of Series A LLC Preferred Shares will not be allocated any gains or losses from any sale of our assets. Shareholders may have taxable income or tax liability attributable to our shares for a taxable year that is greater than our cash distributions for such taxable year. See “Non-Cash ‘Phantom’ Taxable Income” below for further discussion about taxable income allocable to holders of our shares. We may not declare or pay distributions on our common shares unless all accrued distributions have been declared and paid, or set aside for payment, on our Series A LLC Preferred Shares.

 

Funding Activities

 

CLOs

 

On January 23, 2014, we closed CLO 2013-2, a $384.0 million secured financing transaction maturing on January 23, 2026. We issued $339.3 million par amount of senior secured notes to unaffiliated investors, of which $319.3 million was floating rate with a weighted-average coupon of three-month LIBOR plus 2.16% and $20.0 million was fixed rate at 3.74%. The investments that are owned by CLO 2013-2 collateralize the CLO 2013-2 debt, and as a result, those investments are not available to us, our creditors or shareholders.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we issued $21.9 million par amount of CLO 2007-1 class E notes for proceeds of $21.9 million. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2014, we issued $29.8 million par amount of CLO 2007-A class G notes for proceeds of $30.2 million and $29.8 million par amount of CLO 2007-A class H notes for proceeds of $30.1 million.

 

Consolidation

 

Our Cash Flow CLOs are all variable interest entities (“VIEs”) that we consolidate as we have determined we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact these entities’ economic performance and we have both the obligation to absorb losses of these entities and the right to receive benefits from these entities that could potentially be significant to these entities.

 

As our condensed consolidated financial statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are presented to reflect the consolidation of the CLOs we hold investments in, the information contained in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations reflects the Cash Flow CLOs on a consolidated basis, which is consistent with the disclosures in our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Non-Cash “Phantom” Taxable Income

 

We intend to continue to operate so that we qualify, for United States federal income tax purposes, as a partnership and not as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. Holders of our shares are subject to United States federal income taxation and generally other taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes, on their allocable share of our taxable income, regardless of whether or when they receive cash distributions. In addition, certain of our investments, including investments in foreign corporate subsidiaries, CLO issuers (which are treated as partnerships, disregarded entities or foreign corporations for United States federal income tax purposes), partnerships generally and debt securities, may produce taxable income without corresponding distributions of cash to us or may produce taxable income prior to or following the receipt of cash relating to such income. In addition, we have recognized and may recognize in the future cancellation of indebtedness income upon the retirement of our debt at a discount. We generally allocate our taxable income and loss using a monthly convention, which means that we determine our taxable income and losses for the taxable year to be allocated to our shares and then prorate that amount on a monthly basis. If the amount of cash distributed to our Series A LLC Preferred Shares in any year exceeds our gross ordinary income for such year,

 

47



Table of Contents

 

additional gross ordinary income will be allocated to the Series A LLC Preferred Shares in future years until such excess is eliminated. Consequently, in some taxable years, holders of our shares may recognize taxable income in excess of our cash distributions. Furthermore, even if we did not pay cash distributions with respect to a taxable year, holders of our shares may still have a tax liability attributable to their allocation of our taxable income from us during such year.

 

Investment Portfolio

 

Overview

 

Our core business strategy is to leverage the proprietary resources of our Manager with the objective of generating both current income and capital appreciation by deploying capital to different strategies, which as of March 31, 2014, consisted of the following:

 

·                   Bank loans and high yield: We deploy capital to this strategy primarily through our CLO subsidiaries. This strategy primarily consists of senior secured corporate loans and debt securities, but also includes second lien, unsecured and subordinated corporate loans and debt securities.

 

·                   Natural resources: Our natural resources strategy primarily consists of deploying capital to oil and gas opportunities by acquiring non-operated working interests in conventional and unconventional areas, acquiring mineral and overriding royalty interests in both producing properties and unconventional resource developments (i.e. emerging shale plays) and deploying capital to private equity, joint venture and partnership opportunities focused on the oil and gas sector.

 

·                   Special situations: Special situations opportunities may take the form of debt and/or equity and generally consist of deploying capital to deeply discounted secondary market opportunities, debtor-in-possession and exit facilities, rescue financing transactions and other distressed opportunities.

 

·                   Mezzanine: Mezzanine opportunities generally represent the private debt instruments located in the middle of a company’s capital structure, senior to common or preferred equity but subordinate to senior secured debt. Generally, mezzanine securities take the form of privately negotiated subordinated debt, and, to a lesser extent, senior notes or preferred stock, with some form of equity participation either through common or preferred stock, options or warrants.

 

·                   Commercial real estate: Our commercial real estate strategy consists of deploying capital to domestic and foreign opportunities through debt or equity interests, as well as participation in joint ventures and partnerships, in commercial real estate properties and fixed income instruments.

 

·                   Private equity: Our private equity strategy consists of deploying capital to private equity opportunities primarily on a side-by-side basis with KKR’s private equity funds. Our private equity strategy also consists of specialty lending opportunities where we may own minority or majority interests in specialty lending focused businesses.

 

Refer to “Results of Operations—Investment Portfolio” below for a reconciliation of these six core strategies, which differs from our reportable segments, to the line items on our condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

We currently expect future capital deployment to be focused on our credit-oriented strategies, consisting of the following: bank loans and high yield primarily through CLO subsidiaries; opportunistic credit, which consists primarily of special situations and mezzanine opportunities; and equity interests in specialty lending businesses. We also currently expect that capital deployment outside of these strategies, for example in natural resources and real estate, will generally be limited to funding our existing positions rather than incremental opportunities.

 

The majority of our existing investments are held through CLO transactions that are managed by an affiliate of our Manager and for which we own the majority, and in some case all, of the residual economic interests in the transaction through the subordinated notes in the transaction. As of March 31, 2014, our Cash Flow CLOs, which were structured as financing vehicles engaged in holding primarily corporate debt investments, held $6.6 billion par amount or $6.4 billion estimated fair value of corporate debt investments. Our corporate debt investments held through our Cash Flow CLOs consisted of the following as of March 31, 2014:

 

·                   Corporate loans: Corporate loans consist of bank loans that are held through our CLOs with an aggregate par value of $6.2 billion and estimated fair value of $6.0 billion. Corporate loans held through our CLO transactions have a weighted average coupon of 4.4%, of which 99.1% of the corporate loans are floating rate with a weighted average coupon spread to LIBOR of 3.6%. The remaining 0.9% are fixed rate with a weighted average coupon of 7.3%.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

·                   Corporate debt securities: Corporate debt securities consist of high yield bonds held through our CLOs with an aggregate par amount of $348.1 million and estimated fair value of $332.3 million. Corporate debt securities held through our CLO transactions have a weighted average coupon of 7.9%, of which 96.5% of the corporate debt securities are fixed rate with a weighted average coupon of 8.1%. The remaining 3.5% is a floating rate corporate debt security with a weighted average coupon spread to LIBOR of 2.2%.

 

Weighted average coupon and coupon spreads are calculated based on par values. Fixed and floating percentages are also calculated based on par values.

 

In addition to the corporate debt portfolio, we hold two pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps through certain of our CLOs. These interest rate derivatives consist of swaps to hedge a portion of the interest rate risk associated with our borrowings under the CLO senior secured notes. As of March 31, 2014, the contractual notional balance of our amortizing interest rate swaps was $344.3 million.

 

As of March 31, 2014, these Cash Flow CLOs had aggregate secured debt outstanding totaling $5.7 billion held by unaffiliated third parties. In CLO transactions, subordinated notes effectively represent the equity in such transactions as they have the first risk of loss and conversely, the residual value upside of the transactions. We hold the majority or all of the subordinated notes in each of the Cash Flow CLOs and we consolidate all of the Cash Flow CLOs. All income and losses related to the assets in these Cash Flow CLOs are reflected on our condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

An affiliate of our Manager has entered into separate management agreements with our Cash Flow CLOs and is entitled to receive fees for the services performed as collateral manager. The indentures governing the CLO transactions stipulate the reinvestment period during which the collateral manager can generally sell or buy assets at its discretion and can reinvest principal proceeds into new assets. CLO 2007-A, CLO 2005-1, CLO 2005-2 and CLO 2006-1 are no longer in their reinvestment periods. As a result, principal proceeds from the assets held in each of these transactions are generally used to amortize the balance of senior notes outstanding. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, an aggregate $54.4 million of original CLO 2007-A, CLO 2005-1, CLO 2005-2 and CLO 2006-1 senior notes were repaid. CLO 2007-1, CLO 2012-1, CLO 2013-1 and CLO 2013-2 will end their reinvestment periods during May 2014, December 2016, July 2017 and January 2018, respectively. CLO 2011-1 does not have a reinvestment period and all principal proceeds from holdings in CLO 2011-1 will be used to amortize the transaction. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, no original CLO 2011-1 senior notes were repaid. Accordingly, absent any new CLO transactions that we may enter into, our total investments held through CLOs will continue to decline as investments are paid down or paid off once the reinvestment period ends. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the indentures governing our CLO transactions, we have the ability to call our CLO transactions after the end of the respective non-call periods.

 

On an unconsolidated basis, which reflects our interests in our CLO subsidiaries as notes versus actual corporate loans and high yield securities on a consolidated basis, our investment portfolio primarily consisted of the following holdings as of March 31, 2014:

 

·                   CLO note holdings: We hold $1.1 billion par amount and $1.2 billion estimated fair value of mezzanine and subordinated notes in our nine Cash Flow CLO transactions. As our Cash Flow CLOs are consolidated under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), these holdings are not reflected on our condensed consolidated balance sheets as the assets and liabilities of our CLO subsidiaries are consolidated and our ownership interests in the Cash Flow CLOs are eliminated for consolidation. In addition to our Cash Flow CLOs, we hold $31.5 million par amount and $28.3 million estimated fair value of subordinated notes in a single third- party-controlled CLO, which does not have a contractually-fixed interest rate.

 

·                   Corporate loans: Our corporate loans consist of bank loans that are held outside of our CLO transactions. These corporate loans have an aggregate par value of $15.6 million and estimated fair value of $12.3 million. These loans have a weighted average coupon of 4.7%, and all are floating rate with a weighted average coupon spread to LIBOR of 4.2%. In addition, we hold equity instruments with an estimated fair value of $2.3 million, which were restructured from debt instruments to equity.

 

·                   Corporate debt securities: Our corporate debt securities consist of high yield bonds. These corporate debt securities have an aggregate par value of $68.6 million and estimated fair value of $69.1 million. These debt securities have a weighted average coupon of 9.7%, which includes one zero-coupon corporate debt security. Excluding the zero-coupon corporate debt security, the weighted average coupon for our corporate debt securities totaled 14.0%.

 

·                   Natural resources: Our natural resources holdings consist of (i) non-operated oil and gas working interests in proved developed and proved undeveloped properties and unproved acreage with a carrying amount of $388.1 million, partially

 

49



Table of Contents

 

financed with $49.9 million borrowed under a non-recourse, asset-based credit facility, (ii) overriding royalty interests with a carrying amount of $39.6 million, and (iii) private equity and interests in joint ventures and partnerships focused on the oil and gas sector with an aggregate cost basis of $97.3 million and an estimated fair value of $92.0 million.

 

·                   Special situations: Our special situations holdings consist of (i) $285.3 million par amount of debt investments with an $230.0 million amortized cost and estimated fair value of $253.1 million, (ii) $146.1 million aggregate cost of equity, including warrants and interests in joint ventures and partnerships, with an estimated fair value of $167.4 million, and (iii) $5.8 million aggregate cost of other investments with an estimated fair value of $5.3 million. The $285.3 million par amount of debt investments has a weighted average coupon of 9.9%.

 

·                   Mezzanine: Our mezzanine holdings consist of (i) $94.1 million par amount of debt with an estimated fair value of $96.9 million and (ii) $7.6 million aggregate cost of equity with an estimated fair value of $11.7 million. The $94.1 million par amount of mezzanine debt is all floating rate with a weighted average coupon of 14.6%.

 

·                   Commercial real estate: Our commercial real estate holdings consist of investments with a carrying value of $221.1 million.

 

·                   Private equity: Our private equity holdings, which include equity in specialty lending businesses and exclude those related to the oil and gas sector, have an aggregate cost basis of $235.2 million with an estimated fair value of $274.4 million.

 

·                   Residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”): Our RMBS have an aggregate par amount of $96.3 million with an estimated fair value of $58.8 million.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Our condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared by management in conformity with GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial condition and results of operations because some of these policies require that we make significant estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. We believe that certain of our policies are critical because they require us to make difficult, subjective, and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting policies with our board of directors and our audit committee.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity for disclosure purposes. Assets and liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. Hierarchical levels, as defined under GAAP, are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to fair valuations of these assets and liabilities, and are as follows:

 

Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

 

The types of assets generally included in this category are equity securities listed in active markets.

 

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability.

 

The types of assets and liabilities generally included in this category are certain corporate debt securities, certain corporate loans held for sale, certain equity investments at estimated fair value and certain financial instruments classified as derivatives.

 

Level 3: Inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

The types of assets and liabilities generally included in this category are certain corporate debt securities, certain corporate loans held for sale, certain equity investments at estimated fair value, RMBS, and certain interests in joint ventures and partnerships and certain financial instruments classified as derivatives.

 

A significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability is an indication that transactions or quoted prices may not be representative of fair value because in such market conditions there may be increased instances of transactions that are not orderly. In those circumstances, further analysis of transactions or quoted prices is needed, and a significant adjustment to the transactions or quoted prices may be necessary to estimate fair value.

 

The availability of observable inputs can vary depending on the financial asset or liability and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new, whether the product is traded on an active exchange or in the secondary market, and the current market condition. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by us in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and consideration of factors specific to the asset. The variability of the observable inputs affected by the factors described above may cause transfers between Levels 1, 2, and/or 3, which we recognize at the end of the reporting period.

 

Many financial assets and liabilities have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that we and others are willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that we and others are willing to accept for an asset. For financial assets and liabilities whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, we do not require that fair value always be a predetermined point in the bid-ask range. Our policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and adjusting to the point within the bid-ask range that meets our best estimate of fair value.

 

Depending on the relative liquidity in the markets for certain assets, we may transfer assets to Level 3 if we determine that observable quoted prices, obtained directly or indirectly, are not available. The valuation techniques used for the assets and liabilities that are valued using Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are described below.

 

Securities and Corporate Loans, at Estimated Fair Value:   Securities and corporate loans, at estimated fair value are initially valued at transaction price and are subsequently valued using market data for similar instruments (e.g., recent transactions or broker quotes), comparisons to benchmark derivative indices or valuation models. Valuation models are based on yield analysis techniques, where the key inputs are based on relative value analyses, which incorporate similar instruments from similar issuers. In addition, an illiquidity discount is applied where appropriate.

 

Equity Investments, at Estimated Fair Value:   Equity investments, at estimated fair value, are initially valued at transaction price and are subsequently valued using observable market prices, if available, or internally developed models in the absence of readily observable market prices. Valuation models are generally based on market and income (discounted cash flow) approaches, in which various internal and external factors are considered. Factors include key financial inputs and recent public and private transactions for comparable investments. Key inputs used for the discounted cash flow approach include the weighted average cost of capital and assumed inputs used to calculate terminal values, such as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) exit multiples. The fair value recorded for a particular investment will generally be within the range suggested by the two approaches. Upon completion of the valuations conducted, an illiquidity discount is applied where appropriate.

 

Interests in Joint Ventures and Partnerships:   Interests in joint ventures and partnerships include certain equity investments related to the oil and gas, commercial real estate and specialty lending sectors. Interests in joint ventures and partnerships are initially valued at transaction price and are subsequently valued using observable market prices, if available, or internally developed models in the absence of readily observable market prices. Valuation models are generally based on an income (discounted cash flow) approach, in which various internal and external factors are considered and key inputs include the weighted average cost of capital. In addition, an illiquidity discount is applied where appropriate.

 

Over-the-counter (“OTC”) Derivative Contracts:   OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, and equity prices. OTC derivatives are initially valued using quoted market prices, if available, or models using a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulae, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and/or simulation models in the absence of quoted market prices. Many pricing models employ methodologies that have pricing inputs observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swap and option contracts.

 

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities at Estimated Fair Value:   RMBS are initially valued at transaction price and are subsequently valued using a third party valuation servicer. The most significant inputs to the valuation of these instruments are default and loss expectations and constant prepayment rates.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

We account for share-based compensation issued to members of our board of directors and our Manager using the fair value based methodology in accordance with GAAP. We do not have any employees, although we believe that members of our board of directors are deemed to be employees for purposes of interpreting and applying accounting principles relating to share-based compensation. We record as compensation costs the restricted common shares that we issued to members of our board of directors at estimated fair value as of the grant date and we amortize the cost into expense over the three-year vesting period using the straight-line method. We record compensation costs for restricted common shares and common share options that we issued to our Manager at estimated fair value as of the grant date and we remeasure the amount on subsequent reporting dates to the extent the awards have not vested. Unvested restricted common shares are valued using observable secondary market prices. Unvested common share options are valued using the Black-Scholes model and assumptions based on observable market data for comparable companies. We amortize compensation expense related to the restricted common shares and common share options that we granted to our Manager using the graded vesting attribution method.

 

Because we remeasure the amount of compensation costs associated with the unvested restricted common shares and unvested common share options that we issued to our Manager as of each reporting period, our share-based compensation expense reported in our condensed consolidated financial statements will change based on the estimated fair value of our common shares and this may result in earnings volatility. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, share-based compensation totaled $0.8 million. As of March 31, 2014, a $1 increase in the price of our common shares would have increased our future share-based compensation expense by approximately $0.3 million and this future share-based compensation expense would be recognized over the remaining vesting periods of our outstanding restricted common shares. As of March 31, 2014, the common share options were fully vested and expire in August 2014. As of March 31, 2014, future unamortized share-based compensation totaled $2.4 million, of which $1.5 million, $0.8 million and $0.1 million will be recognized in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

We recognize all derivatives on our condensed consolidated balance sheets at estimated fair value. On the date we enter into a derivative contract, we designate and document each derivative contract as one of the following at the time the contract is executed: (i) a hedge of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value” hedge); (ii) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow” hedge); (iii) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation; or (iv) a derivative instrument not designated as a hedging instrument (“free-standing derivative”). For a fair value hedge, we record changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative instrument and, to the extent that it is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability in the current period earnings in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For a cash flow hedge, we record changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative to the extent that it is effective in accumulated other comprehensive loss and subsequently reclassify these changes in estimated fair value to net income in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction affects earnings. The effective portion of the cash flow hedges is recorded in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For free-standing derivatives, we report changes in the fair values in other income.

 

We formally document at inception our hedge relationships, including identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, our risk management objectives, strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction and our evaluation of effectiveness of our hedged transactions. Periodically, we also formally assess whether the derivative designated in each hedging relationship is expected to be and has been highly effective in offsetting changes in estimated fair values or cash flows of the hedged item using either the dollar offset or the regression analysis method. If we determine that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, we discontinue hedge accounting.

 

We are not required to account for our derivative contracts using hedge accounting as described above. If we decide not to designate the derivative contracts as hedges or if we fail to fulfill the criteria necessary to qualify for hedge accounting, then the changes in the estimated fair values of our derivative contracts would affect periodic earnings immediately potentially resulting in the increased volatility of our earnings. The qualification requirements for hedge accounting are complex and as a result, we must evaluate, designate, and thoroughly document each hedge transaction at inception and perform ineffectiveness analysis and prepare related documentation at inception and on a recurring basis thereafter. As of March 31, 2014, the estimated fair value of our net derivative liabilities totaled $57.8 million.

 

Impairments

 

Securities Available-for-Sale:   We monitor our available-for-sale securities portfolio for impairments. A loss is recognized when it is determined that a decline in the estimated fair value of a security below its amortized cost is other-than-temporary. We consider many factors in determining whether the impairment of a security is deemed to be other-than-temporary, including, but not limited to, the length of time the security has had a decline in estimated fair value below its amortized cost and the severity of the

 

52



Table of Contents

 

decline, the amount of the unrealized loss, recent events specific to the issuer or industry, external credit ratings and recent changes in such ratings. In addition, for debt securities we consider our intent to sell the debt security, our estimation of whether or not we expect to recover the debt security’s entire amortized cost if we intend to hold the debt security, and whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. For equity securities, we also consider our intent and ability to hold the equity security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value.

 

The amount of the loss that is recognized when it is determined that a decline in the estimated fair value of a security below its amortized cost is other-than-temporary is dependent on certain factors. If the security is an equity security or if the security is a debt security that we intend to sell or estimate that it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell before recovery of its amortized cost, then the impairment amount recognized in earnings is the entire difference between the estimated fair value of the security and its amortized cost. For debt securities that we do not intend to sell or estimate that we are not more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is separated into the estimated amount relating to credit loss and the estimated amount relating to all other factors. Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized in earnings, with the remainder of the loss amount recognized in other comprehensive loss.

 

This process involves a considerable amount of judgment by our management. As of March 31, 2014, we had aggregate unrealized losses on our securities classified as available-for-sale of approximately $0.7 million, which if not recovered may result in the recognition of future losses. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded charges for impairments of securities that we determined to be other-than-temporary totaling $2.9 million.

 

Long Lived Assets:   We evaluate our proved oil and natural gas properties and related equipment and facilities for impairment on a field-by-field basis, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such properties may not be recoverable. The determination of recoverability is made based upon estimated undiscounted future net cash flows. The amount of impairment loss, if any, is determined by comparing the fair value, as determined by a discounted cash flow analysis, with the carrying value of the related asset. The factors used to determine fair value include, but are not limited to, estimates of proved reserves, future commodity pricing, future production estimates, anticipated capital expenditures, future operating costs and a discount rate commensurate with the risk on the properties and cost of capital. Unproved oil and natural gas properties are assessed periodically and, at a minimum, annually on a property-by-property basis, and any impairment in value is recognized when incurred.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Our corporate loan portfolio is comprised of a single portfolio segment which includes one class of financing receivables, that is, high yield loans that are typically purchased via assignment or participation in either the primary or secondary market and are held primarily for investment. High yield loans are generally characterized as having below investment grade ratings or being unrated and generally consist of leveraged loans.

 

Our allowance for loan losses represents our estimate of probable credit losses inherent in our corporate loan portfolio held for investment as of the balance sheet date. Estimating our allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of management judgment and is based upon a comprehensive review of our corporate loan portfolio that is performed on a quarterly basis. Our allowance for loan losses consists of two components, an allocated component and an unallocated component. The allocated component of our allowance for loan losses pertains to specific corporate loans that we have determined are impaired. We determine a loan is impaired when we estimate that it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. On a quarterly basis we perform a comprehensive review of our entire loan portfolio and identify certain corporate loans that we have determined are impaired. Once a loan is identified as being impaired we place the loan on non-accrual status, unless the loan is already on non- accrual status, and record a reserve that reflects our best estimate of the loss that we expect to recognize from the loan. The expected loss is estimated as being the difference between our current cost basis of the loan, including accrued interest receivable, and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except as a practical expedient, the loan’s observable estimated fair value may be used. We also estimate the probable credit losses inherent in our unfunded loan commitments as of the balance sheet date. Any credit loss reserve for unfunded loan commitments is recorded in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities on our condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

The unallocated component of our allowance for loan losses represents our estimate of probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date where the specific loan that the loan loss relates to is indeterminable. We estimate the unallocated component of our allowance for loan losses through a comprehensive review of our loan portfolio and identify certain corporate loans that demonstrate possible indicators of impairment, including internally assigned credit quality indicators. This assessment excludes all corporate loans that are determined to be impaired and as a result, an allocated reserve has been recorded as described in the preceding paragraph. Such indicators include, but are not limited to, the current and/or forecasted financial performance and liquidity profile of the issuer, specific industry or economic conditions that may impact the issuer, and the observable trading price of the loan if available. All corporate loans are first categorized based on their assigned risk grade and further stratified

 

53



Table of Contents

 

based on the seniority of the loan in the issuer’s capital structure. The seniority classifications assigned to corporate loans are senior secured, second lien and subordinate. Senior secured consists of corporate loans that are the most senior debt in an issuer’s capital structure and therefore have a lower estimated loss severity than other debt that is subordinate to the senior secured loan. Senior secured corporate loans often have a first lien on some or all of the issuer’s assets. Second lien consists of corporate loans that are secured by a second lien interest on some or all of the issuer’s assets; however, the loan is subordinate to the first lien debt in the issuer’s capital structure. Subordinate consists of corporate loans that are generally unsecured and subordinate to other debt in the issuer’s capital structure.

 

There are three internally assigned risk grades that are applied to corporate loans that have not been identified as being impaired: high, moderate and low. High risk means that there is evidence of possible loss due to the financial or operating performance and liquidity of the issuer, industry or economic concerns specific to the issuer, or other factors that indicate that the breach of a covenant contained in the related loan agreement is possible. Moderate risk means that while there is not observable evidence of loss, there are issuer and/or industry specific trends that indicate a loss may have occurred. Low risk means that while there is no identified evidence of loss, there is the risk of loss inherent in the loan that has not been identified. All corporate loans held for investment, with the exception of corporate loans that have been identified as impaired, are assigned a risk grade of high, moderate or low.

 

We apply a range of default and loss severity estimates in order to estimate a range of loss outcomes upon which to base our estimate of probable losses that results in the determination of the unallocated component of our allowance for loan losses. As of March 31, 2014, the range of outcomes used to estimate concern as to the probability of default was between 1% and 20% and the range of loss severity assumptions was between 5% and 85%. The estimates and assumptions we use to estimate our allowance for loan losses are based on our estimated range of outcomes that are determined from industry information providing both historical and forecasted empirical performance of the type of corporate loans that we invest in, as well as from our own estimates based on the nature of our corporate loan portfolio. These estimates and assumptions are susceptible to change due to our corporate loan portfolio’s performance as well as industry and general economic conditions. Changes in the assumptions and estimates used to estimate our allowance for loan losses could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. The default and loss severity estimates used in determining our allowance for loan losses are assessed on a quarterly and annual basis. As of March 31, 2014, management believes that these estimates are appropriate and consistent with historical and forecasted estimates evidenced and used in both industry and our corporate loan portfolio.

 

As of March 31, 2014, our allowance for loan losses totaled $223.5 million.

 

Oil and Gas Revenue Recognition

 

Oil, natural gas and natural gas liquid (“NGL”) revenues are recognized when production is sold to a purchaser at fixed or determinable prices, when delivery has occurred and title has transferred and collectability of the revenue is reasonably assured. We follow the sales method of accounting for natural gas revenues. Under this method of accounting, revenues are recognized based on volumes sold, which may differ from the volume to which we are entitled based on our working interest. An imbalance is recognized as a liability only when the estimated remaining reserves will not be sufficient to enable the under-produced owners to recoup our entitled share through future production. Under the sales method, no receivables are recorded when we take less than our share of production and no payables are recorded when we take more than our share of production.

 

Oil, Natural Gas and Natural Gas Liquid Reserve Estimates

 

Proved reserves are based on the quantities of oil, natural gas and NGL that by analysis of geoscience and engineering data can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain.  All reserve information is based on estimates prepared by petroleum engineers from the managers of our oil and gas properties and is aggregated by us. Annual reserve and economic evaluations of all of our properties are prepared, except for overriding royalty interests in certain properties in the Eagle Ford Shale purchased in 2011 since this information is unavailable to us. Similarly, the managers of our oil and gas properties prepare quarterly reserve and economic evaluations.

 

Reserves and their relation to estimated future net cash flows impact our depletion and impairment calculations. As a result, adjustments to depletion and impairment are made concurrently with changes to reserve estimates. The process performed by the managers of our oil and gas properties and management included the estimation of reserve quantities, future, producing rates, future net revenue and the present value of such future net revenue. The estimates of reserves conform to the guidelines of the SEC, including the criteria of “reasonable certainty,” as it pertains to expectations about the recoverability of reserves in future years.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

The accuracy of reserve estimates is a function of many factors including the following: the quality and quantity of available data, the interpretation of that data, the accuracy of various mandated economic assumptions and the judgments of the individuals preparing the estimates. In addition, reserve estimates are a function of many assumptions, all of which could deviate significantly from actual results. As such, reserve estimates may materially vary from the ultimate quantities of oil, natural gas and NGL eventually recovered.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Consolidated Results

 

The following table shows data of reportable segments reconciled to amounts reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Credit

 

Natural Resources

 

Other

 

Reconciling Items(1)

 

Total Consolidated

 

For the three months ended March 31

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Total revenues

 

$

96,562

 

$

115,149

 

$

44,028

 

$

23,805

 

$

 

$

1,496

 

$

 

$

 

$

140,590

 

$

140,450

 

Total investment costs and expenses

 

45,873

 

61,399

 

27,576

 

19,469

 

321

 

181

 

 

 

73,770

 

81,049

 

Total other income (loss)

 

64,516

 

93,926

 

(5,389

)

(4,746

)

13,713

 

5,309

 

 

(20,269

)

72,840

 

74,220

 

Total other expenses

 

15,835

 

13,968

 

1,154

 

1,630

 

140

 

124

 

14,329

 

19,105

 

31,458

 

34,827

 

Income tax expense

 

19

 

457

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

19

 

458

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

99,351

 

$

133,251

 

$

9,909

 

$

(2,040

)

$

13,252

 

$

6,499

 

$

(14,329

)

$

(39,374

)

$

108,183

 

98,336

 

 


(1)           Consists of certain expenses not allocated to individual segments including (i) other income (loss) comprised of losses on restructuring and extinguishment of debt of $20.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and (ii) other expenses comprised of incentive fees of $12.9 million and $17.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The remaining reconciling items include insurance expenses, directors’ expenses and share-based compensation expense.

 

Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $108.2 million, consisting of revenues totaling $140.6 million, investment costs and expenses totaling $73.8 million, other income totaling $72.8 million and other expenses totaling $31.5 million. Comparatively, net income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $98.3 million, consisting of revenues totaling $140.5 million, investment costs and expenses totaling $81.0 million, other income totaling $74.2 million and other expenses totaling $34.8 million.

 

Net income available to common shareholders for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $101.3 million, net of $6.9 million for preferred share distributions. Comparatively, net income available to common shareholders for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $91.6 million, net of $6.7 million for preferred share distributions. We issued our Series A LLC Preferred Shares on January 17, 2013.

 

Revenues

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Revenues consist primarily of interest income and discount accretion from our investment portfolio, as well as oil and gas revenue from our undeveloped working and overriding royalty interest properties. Revenues increased $0.1 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 primarily due to $20.2 million of incremental oil and gas revenue as a result of an increase in production due to both the drilling and completion of undeveloped properties during 2013 and 2014. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in corporate loan and securities interest income and discount accretion of $7.3 million and $10.6 million, respectively.

 

Investment Costs and Expenses

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Total investment costs and expenses include interest expense, provision for loan losses, oil and gas production costs, depreciation, depletion and amortization expense (“DD&A”) related to oil and gas properties and other investment expenses. Total investment costs and expenses decreased $7.3 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 due to an $11.1 million provision for loan losses recorded in 2013 coupled with a $4.6 million decrease in interest expense and interest expense to affiliates. The provision for loan losses of $11.1 million was recorded primarily as a result of a review of our impaired, held for investment loan portfolio, which included a certain loan that was determined to be impaired during the first quarter of 2013. No provision for loan losses was recorded in 2014. Separately, interest expense and interest expense to affiliates fell $4.6 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 due to a $4.5 million reduction in interest expense related to the extinguishment of our 7.5% convertible senior notes in the first quarter of 2013.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

The above factors contributing to a decline in total investment costs and expenses were partially offset by a $6.6 million and $2.9 million increase in oil and gas DD&A and production costs, respectively, as a result of increased production from the development of additional oil and gas properties in 2013 and 2014.

 

Other Income

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Other income decreased $1.4 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013. This change was primarily due to (i) a $17.0 million decline in net realized and unrealized gain on investments as a result of comparatively larger realized gains during the first quarter of 2013 due to the sale of one of our largest corporate loan positions and (ii) a decline in trade-related fee income of $5.1 million. However, no net loss on extinguishment of debt was recorded during the first quarter of 2014, compared with a $20.3 million loss recorded in the comparable prior-year period in connection with our termination of conversion rights on our 7.5% convertible senior notes due 2017.

 

Other Expenses

 

Other expenses include related party management compensation, general, administrative and directors’ expenses and professional services. Related party management compensation consists of base management fees payable to our Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement, collateral management fees, incentive fees and share-based compensation related to restricted common shares and common share options granted to our Manager.

 

Base Management Fees

 

We pay our Manager a base management fee monthly in arrears. During the first quarter of 2014, certain related party fees received by affiliates of our Manager were credited to us via an offset to the base management fee (“Fee Credits”). Specifically, as described in further detail under “CLO Management Fees” below, a portion of the CLO management fees received by an affiliate of our Manager for certain of our CLOs were credited to us via an offset to the base management fee.

 

In addition, during the second half of 2013, we invested in a transaction that generated placement fees paid to a minority-owned affiliate of KKR. In connection with this transaction, our Manager agreed to reduce the base management fee payable by us to our Manager for the portion of these placement fees that were earned by KKR as a result of this minority-ownership. Separately, certain third-party expenses accrued by us in the fourth quarter of 2013 in connection with the proposed merger with KKR were used to reduce the base management fees payable to our Manager in an amount equal to such third-party expenses.

 

The table below summarizes the aggregate base management fees for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Base management fees, gross

 

$

9,992

 

$

9,557

 

CLO management fees credit

 

(6,370

)

 

Total base management fees, net

 

$

3,622

 

$

9,557

 

 

CLO Management Fees

 

An affiliate of our Manager entered into separate management agreements with the respective investment vehicles for all of our Cash Flow CLOs pursuant to which it is entitled to receive fees for the services it performs as collateral manager for all of these CLOs, except for CLO 2011-1. The collateral manager has the option to waive the fees it earns for providing management services for the CLO.

 

Beginning in June 2013, our Manager began to credit us for a portion of the CLO management fees received by an affiliate of our Manager from CLO 2007-1, CLO 2007-A and CLO 2012-1 via an offset to the monthly base management fees payable to our Manager. As we own less than 100% of the subordinated notes of these three CLOs (with the remaining subordinated notes held by third parties), we received a Fee Credit equal only to our pro rata share of the aggregate CLO management fees paid by these CLOs. Specifically, the amount of the reimbursement for each of these CLOs was calculated by taking the product of (x) the total CLO management fees received by an affiliate our Manager during the period for such CLO multiplied by (y) the percentage of the subordinated notes of such CLO held by us. The remaining portion of the CLO management fees paid by each of these CLOs was not

 

56



Table of Contents

 

credited to us, but instead resulted in a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the interest expense paid by us to the third party holder of the CLO’s subordinated notes. Similarly, our Manager credited to us the CLO management fees from CLO 2013-1 and CLO 2013-2 based on our 100% ownership of the subordinated notes in the CLO.

 

The table below summarizes the aggregate CLO management fees, including the Fee Credits, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Charged and retained CLO management fees (1)

 

$

 2,166

 

$

 849

 

CLO management fees credit

 

6,370

 

 

Total CLO management fees

 

$

 8,536

 

$

 849

 

 


(1)          Represents management fees incurred by the senior and subordinated note holders of a CLO, excluding the Fee Credits received by us based on its ownership percentage in the CLO.

 

Subordinated note holders in CLOs have the first risk of loss and conversely, the residual value upside of the transactions. When CLO management fees are paid by a CLO, the residual economic interests in the CLO transaction are reduced by an amount commensurate with the CLO management fees paid. We record any residual proceeds due to subordinated note holders as interest expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Accordingly, the increase in CLO management fees is directly offset by a decrease in interest expense.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Other expenses decreased $3.4 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 predominantly due to a $2.7 million decrease in related party management compensation, comprised of a decrease in incentive fees and net base management fees, partially offset by an increase in CLO management fees. Incentive fees, which are based in part upon our achievement of specified levels of net income, declined $4.3 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 as a result of higher quarterly “net income” in the prior-year period as defined in the Management Agreement. In addition, net base management fees decreased $5.9 million due to CLO management Fee Credits of $6.4 million received during the first quarter of 2014. As discussed above, these Fee Credits were in connection with CLO management fees paid to an affiliate of our Manager, which were credited to us via an offset to the base management fee. Partially offsetting these declines was an increase in total CLO management fees of $7.7 million due to CLO 2007-1, CLO 2007-A, CLO 2012-1 and CLO 2013-1 paying management fees in the first quarter of 2014. Comparatively, only CLO 2005-1 paid CLO management fees in the comparable prior-year period.

 

Segment Results

 

We operate our business through multiple reportable segments, which are differentiated primarily by their investment focuses.

 

·                   Credit (“Credit”): The Credit segment includes primarily below investment grade corporate debt comprised of senior secured and unsecured loans, mezzanine loans, high yield bonds, private and public equity investments, and distressed and stressed debt securities.

 

·                   Natural resources (“Natural Resources”): The Natural Resources segment consists of non-operated working and overriding royalty interests in oil and natural gas properties. For segment reporting purposes, the Natural Resources segment excludes private equity and certain interests in joint ventures and partnerships focused on the oil and gas sector.

 

·                   Other (“Other”): The Other segment includes all other portfolio holdings, consisting solely of commercial real estate.

 

The segments currently reported are consistent with the way decisions regarding the allocation of resources are made, as well as how operating results are reviewed by our chief operating decision maker.

 

We evaluate the performance of our segments based on several net income components. Net income includes: (i) revenues; (ii) related investment costs and expenses; (iii) other income (loss), which is comprised primarily of unrealized and realized gains and losses on investments and derivatives and (iv) other expenses, including related party management compensation and general and administrative expenses. Certain corporate assets and expenses that are not directly related to the individual segments, including interest expense and related costs on borrowings, base management fees and professional services are allocated to individual segments

 

57



Table of Contents

 

based on the investment portfolio balance in each respective segment as of the most recent period-end. Certain other corporate assets and expenses, including prepaid insurance, incentive fees, insurance expenses, directors’ expenses and share-based compensation expense are not allocated to individual segments in our assessment of segment performance. Collectively, these items are included as reconciling items between reported segment amounts and consolidated totals. For further financial information related to our segments, refer to “Part I - Item 1. Financial Statements—Note 14. Segment Reporting.”

 

The following discussion and analysis regarding our results of operations is based on our reportable segments.

 

Credit Segment

 

The following table presents the net income components of our Credit segment for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

 

For the
three months

ended March 31,
2014

 

For the
three months

ended March 31,
2013

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate loans and securities interest income

 

$

86,467

 

$

93,795

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities interest income

 

1,619

 

2,959

 

Net discount accretion

 

5,809

 

16,370

 

Dividend income

 

2,656

 

1,963

 

Other

 

11

 

62

 

Total revenues

 

96,562

 

115,149

 

Investment costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized loan obligation secured notes

 

29,294

 

19,064

 

Credit facilities

 

439

 

216

 

Convertible senior notes

 

1

 

4,175

 

Senior notes

 

6,917

 

7,103

 

Junior subordinated notes

 

3,507

 

3,619

 

Interest rate swaps

 

5,480

 

5,736

 

Other interest expense

 

13

 

87

 

Total interest expense

 

45,651

 

40,000

 

Interest expense to affiliates

 

 

9,917

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

11,068

 

Other

 

222

 

414

 

Total investment costs and expenses

 

45,873

 

61,399

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

Realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange:

 

 

 

 

 

Credit default swaps

 

(181

)

(1,173

)

Total rate of return swaps

 

(1,829

)

 

Common stock warrants

 

14

 

153

 

Foreign exchange(1)

 

(265

)

(2,831

)

Options

 

(411

)

 

Total realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange

 

(2,672

)

(3,851

)

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments(2)

 

58,511

 

100,028

 

Lower of cost or estimated fair value(2)

 

8,351

 

(4,749

)

Impairment of securities available for-sale and private equity at cost(2)

 

(2,928

)

(5,862

)

Other income

 

3,254

 

8,360

 

Total other income

 

64,516

 

93,926

 

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Related party management compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

Base management fees

 

3,296

 

8,928

 

CLO management fees

 

8,536

 

849

 

Total related party management compensation

 

11,832

 

9,777

 

Professional services

 

1,456

 

1,435

 

Other general and administrative

 

2,547

 

2,756

 

Total other expenses

 

15,835

 

13,968

 

Income before income taxes

 

99,370

 

133,708

 

Income tax expense

 

19

 

457

 

Net income

 

$

99,351

 

$

133,251

 

 


(1)                                  Includes foreign exchange contracts and foreign exchange remeasurement gain or loss.

 

(2)                                  Represent components of total net realized and unrealized gain on investments in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Revenues

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Revenues decreased $18.6 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013. The decrease was primarily attributable to a $10.6 million decrease in net discount accretion as a result of (i) $7.1 million less accelerated discount accretion as a result of fewer paydowns in the corporate loan portfolio during the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 and (ii) $3.7 million less recurring accretion income due to comparatively smaller discounts on the remaining corporate debt portfolio.

 

In addition, corporate loans and securities interest income declined $5.4 million and $1.9 million, respectively, in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 stemming primarily from a reduction in the annualized weighted average interest rate being earned on our corporate loans and securities portfolio. As the majority of our corporate loan portfolio is floating rate indexed to the three-month LIBOR, LIBOR rates impact our earnings. The average three-month LIBOR rate decreased to 0.24% in the first quarter of 2014 from 0.29% in the first quarter of 2013. Also, despite the fact that the percentage of our floating rate corporate debt portfolio with LIBOR floors increased to 67.1% as of March 31, 2014 from 56.5% as of March 31, 2013, the weighted average floor fell to 1.1% compared to 1.3% as of March 31, 2013.

 

Investment Costs and Expenses

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Total investment costs and expenses decreased $15.5 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013. The decrease was largely as a result of a provision for loan losses of $11.1 million recorded in the first quarter of 2013 primarily as a result of a review of our impaired, held for investment loan portfolio, which included a certain loan that was determined to be impaired during the first quarter of 2013. Comparatively, no provision for loan losses was recorded in the first quarter of 2014. In addition, interest expense on our convertible senior notes decreased $4.2 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the prior year period, primarily driven by the $4.0 million write-off of remaining capitalized costs related to our previously outstanding 7.5% convertible senior notes.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, an affiliate of our manager sold its interests in the junior notes of both CLO 2007-1 and CLO 2007-A to external parties. Accordingly, interest expense to affiliates was zero for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and any interest owed to external parties on these notes is included in interest expense on collateralized loan obligation secured notes.

 

Other Income

 

Other income consists of gains and losses that can be highly variable, primarily driven by episodic sales, mark-to-market, commodity prices and foreign currency exchange rates as of each period-end.

 

The table below details the components of net realized and unrealized gain on investments, which is included in other income, separated by financial instrument for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three months
ended March 31, 2014

 

For the three months
ended March 31, 2013

 

 

 

Unrealized
gains
(losses)

 

Realized
gains
(losses)

 

Total

 

Unrealized
gains
(losses)

 

Realized
gains
(losses)

 

Total

 

Corporate loans

 

$

9,990

 

$

10,331

 

$

20,321

 

$

1,488

 

$

55,388

 

$

56,876

 

Corporate debt securities

 

4,909

 

4,914

 

9,823

 

6,260

 

3,882

 

10,142

 

RMBS

 

13,387

 

(9,846

)

3,541

 

12,088

 

(5,644

)

6,444

 

Equity investments, at estimated fair value

 

2,640

 

11,860

 

14,500

 

24,762

 

(36

)

24,726

 

Other(1)

 

10,326

 

 

10,326

 

2,094

 

(254

)

1,840

 

Total

 

$

41,252

 

$

17,259

 

$

58,511

 

$

46,692

 

$

53,336

 

$

100,028

 

 


(1)                                  Includes securities sold, not yet purchased and interests in joint ventures and partnerships.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Total other income decreased $29.4 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013. This decrease was primarily driven by a $41.5 million reduction in net realized and unrealized gain on investments in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the prior year period, predominantly comprised of (i) a $36.6 million decline in net realized and unrealized gain on our corporate loan portfolio primarily due to significant realized gains from the sale of one of our largest corporate loan positions during the first quarter of 2013 and (ii) a $10.2 million decline in net realized and unrealized gain on equity investments, at estimated fair value, partially offset by (iii) an $8.5 million increase in net realized and unrealized gain on other holdings, the majority of which was related to unrealized gain on our commercial real estate assets. In addition, trade-related fee income declined by $5.1 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013.

 

The factors above were partially offset by a $13.1 million beneficial change in the lower of cost or estimated fair value adjustment for certain corporate loans held for sale, which had a carrying value of $510.7 million and $107.4 million as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. While the lower of cost or estimated fair value adjustment is impacted by activity held in the held for sale portfolio, including sales and transfers, fluctuations in the market value typically have the largest impact on the amount of adjustment. Refer to “Investment Portfolio” for the components comprising the lower of cost or estimated fair value adjustment.

 

Other Expenses

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Other expenses increased $1.9 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 primarily due to a $2.1 million increase in related party management compensation, which includes base management fees and CLO management fees.  CLO management fees increased $7.7 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the prior year period due to the fact that CLO 2007-1, CLO 2007-A, CLO 2012-1 and CLO 2013-1were charged management fees during the first quarter of 2014, compared to only CLO 2005-1 during the first quarter of 2013. However, partially offsetting this increase was a decrease in net base management fees of $5.6 million primarily due to the Fee Credits received related to certain CLO management fees received by affiliates of our Manager. See “Consolidated Results” above for further discussion around the CLO management fee and base management fee offsets.

 

Natural Resources Segment

 

The following table presents the net income (loss) components of our Natural Resources segment for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the
three months

ended March 31,
2014

 

For the
three months

ended March 31,
2013

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

Oil and gas revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

Natural gas sales

 

$

10,612

 

$

7,048

 

Oil sales

 

26,872

 

12,344

 

Natural gas liquids sales

 

4,804

 

3,627

 

Other

 

1,740

 

786

 

Total revenues

 

44,028

 

23,805

 

Investments costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Oil and gas production costs:

 

 

 

 

 

Lease operating expenses

 

5,161

 

4,128

 

Workover expenses

 

619

 

1,037

 

Transportation and marketing expenses

 

3,407

 

1,269

 

Severance and ad valorem taxes

 

1,647

 

1,474

 

Total oil and gas production costs

 

10,834

 

7,908

 

Oil and gas depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

15,542

 

8,988

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

Credit facilities

 

548

 

827

 

Convertible senior notes

 

 

244

 

Senior notes

 

481

 

415

 

Junior subordinated notes

 

244

 

212

 

Total interest expense

 

1,273

 

1,698

 

Other

 

(73

)

875

 

Total investment costs and expenses

 

27,576

 

19,469

 

Other loss

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange:

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity swaps

 

(5,581

)

(5,000

)

Total net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange:

 

(5,581

)

(5,000

)

Other income

 

192

 

254

 

Total other loss

 

(5,389

)

(4,746

)

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Related party management compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

Base management fees

 

229

 

522

 

Professional services

 

439

 

275

 

Insurance

 

56

 

39

 

Other general and administrative

 

430

 

794

 

Total other expenses

 

1,154

 

1,630

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

9,909

 

(2,040

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

9,909

 

$

(2,040

)

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Our oil and gas results depend substantially on natural gas, oil and NGL prices and production levels, as well as drilling and operating costs. The price we realize for our production is affected by our hedging activities. In order to help mitigate the potential exposure and effects of changing commodity prices on our revenues and cash flows from operations, we have entered into commodity swaps for a portion of our working and overriding royalty interests. Our policy has been to hedge a portion of the total estimated oil, natural gas and/or NGL production on our working and overriding royalty interests for a specified amount of time. Our commodity derivatives are described further below under “Other (Loss) Income”.

 

Production and Sales Statistics

 

 

 

For the
three months

ended March 31,
2014

 

For the
three months

ended March
31, 2013

 

Average daily production:

 

 

 

 

 

Natural gas (Mcf/d)

 

24,594

 

25,069

 

Oil (Bbls/d)

 

3,129

 

1,267

 

NGL (Bbls/d)

 

1,579

 

1,584

 

Total (Mcfe/d)(1)

 

52,842

 

42,175

 

Weighted average prices (hedged) (2):

 

 

 

 

 

Natural gas (MMBtu)

 

$

4.39

 

$

3.54

 

Oil (Bbl)

 

$

92.79

 

$

108.17

 

NGL (Bbl)

 

$

31.91

 

$

26.64

 

Weighted average prices (unhedged) (3):

 

 

 

 

 

Natural gas (MMBtu)

 

$

4.79

 

$

3.12

 

Oil (Bbl)

 

$

95.42

 

$

108.24

 

NGL (Bbl)

 

$

33.80

 

$

25.45

 

Average Henry Hub and WTI spot prices:

 

 

 

 

 

Natural gas (MMBtu)

 

$

5.08

 

$

3.49

 

Oil (Bbl)

 

$

98.75

 

$

94.33

 

Costs per Mcfe of production:

 

 

 

 

 

Lease operating expenses

 

$

1.09

 

$

1.09

 

Transportation and marketing expenses

 

$

0.72

 

$

0.33

 

General and administrative expenses

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.44

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

$

3.27

 

$

2.37

 

Taxes, other than income taxes

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.39

 

 


(1)                                  Calculated using a ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of oil, condensate or NGLs.

 

(2)                                  Includes the effect of realized loss on derivatives of $1.9 million and realized gains on derivatives of $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

(3)                                  Does not include the effect of realized gains (losses) on derivatives.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Revenues

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Revenues increased $20.2 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 due to an increase in production resulting from the continued drilling and completion of our working and overriding royalty interest properties. As of March 31, 2014 and 2013, our working and overriding royalty interests had a carrying amount of $427.7 million and $297.5 million, respectively.

 

Average daily production increased 25% in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 primarily due to both the drilling and completion of our properties during 2013 and 2014.

 

Investment Costs and Expenses

 

Investment costs and expenses primarily consist of production costs and DD&A.

 

Production costs represent costs incurred to operate and maintain our wells, or lease operating expenses, as well as transportation and marketing costs. Lease operating expenses include expenses such as labor, rented equipment, field office, saltwater disposal, maintenance, tools and supplies. As we acquire and develop working interests in oil and natural gas properties, lease operating expenses increase in conjunction with an increase in oil, natural gas and NGL production. Furthermore, we have agreements with third parties to act as managers of certain of our oil and natural gas properties. Services provided by these third party managers include making the business and operational decisions related to the production and sale of oil, natural gas and NGLs, collection and disbursement of revenues, operating expenses, general and administrative expenses and other necessary and useful services for the operation of the assets. Again, as the overall number of oil and natural gas properties increase, the related costs to manage these properties increase correspondingly.

 

Production costs also include severance and ad valorem taxes, which increase or decrease primarily when prices of oil and natural gas increase or decrease, but are also affected by changes in production, as well as property values.

 

DD&A represents recurring charges related to the exhaustion of mineral reserves for our natural resources investments. DD&A is calculated using the units-of-production method, which depletes capitalized costs of producing oil and natural gas properties based on the ratio of current production to estimated total net proved oil, natural gas and NGL reserves, and total net proved developed oil, natural gas and NGL reserves. Our depletion expense is affected by factors including positive and negative reserve revisions primarily related to well performance, commodity prices, additional capital expended to develop new wells and reserve additions resulting from development activity and acquisitions.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Total investment costs and expenses increased $8.1 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013. As described above, we continued development of our properties in 2013 and 2014 and thus, the costs associated with operating and managing additional wells increased. DD&A increased $6.6 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the prior year period due to an increase in production and depletable costs that resulted from the drilling and completion of additional wells. Similarly, total oil and gas production costs increased $2.9 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013. Most notable was the increase in transportation and marketing expenses of $2.1 million and lease operating expenses of $1.0 million related to an increase in well count.

 

Other Loss

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Total other loss increased $0.6 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013, primarily attributable to net realized and unrealized loss on our commodity swaps, which totaled $5.6 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to $5.0 million in the first quarter of 2013. We currently use commodity derivative contracts, consisting of oil, natural gas and certain NGL products receive-fixed, pay-floating swaps for certain years through 2016.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Realized gain or loss on commodity swaps represent amounts related to the settlement of derivative instruments which, for commodity derivatives, are aligned with the underlying production. During the first quarter of 2014, we recorded a realized loss on commodity swaps of $1.9 million compared to a realized gain on commodity swaps of $1.1 million during the first quarter of 2013.

 

Unrealized losses on commodity swaps result from changes in commodity prices from period to period, as well as changes in market valuations of derivatives as future commodity price expectations change compared to the contract prices on the derivatives. If the expected future commodity prices increase compared to the contract prices on the derivatives, unrealized losses are recognized; if the expected future commodity prices decrease compared to the contract prices on the derivatives, unrealized gains are recognized. The fair value of our open derivative contracts negatively changed by $3.1 million to a net liability of $2.2 million as of March 31, 2014 from a net asset of $0.9 million as of March 31, 2013 primarily due to new contracts entered into subsequent to March 31, 2013 whose contract prices are less than future commodity prices as of March 31, 2014, and the settlement of contracts during 2014.

 

Other Expenses

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Total other expenses decreased $0.5 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 primarily as a result of a $0.3 million decline in total allocable base management fees related to the Fee Credits received. See “Consolidated Results” above for further discussion around the CLO management fee and base management fee offsets. As mentioned above, corporate expenses are allocated based on the investment portfolio balance in each respective segment.

 

Other Segment

 

The following table presents the net income components of our Other segment for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the
three months
ended March 31,
2014

 

For the
three months
ended March 31,
2013

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend income

 

$

 

$

1,496

 

Total revenues

 

 

1,496

 

Investment costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

Credit facilities

 

13

 

3

 

Convertible senior notes

 

 

50

 

Senior notes

 

204

 

85

 

Junior subordinated notes

 

104

 

43

 

Total interest expense

 

321

 

181

 

Total investment costs and expenses

 

321

 

181

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange:

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange(1)

 

(117

)

 

Total realized and unrealized loss on derivatives and foreign exchange

 

(117

)

 

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

 

13,830

 

5,309

 

Total other income

 

13,713

 

5,309

 

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Related party management compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

Base management fees

 

97

 

107

 

Total related party management compensation

 

97

 

107

 

Professional services

 

43

 

17

 

Total other expenses

 

140

 

124

 

Income before income taxes

 

13,252

 

6,500

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1

 

Net income

 

$

13,252

 

$

6,499

 

 


(1)                                  Includes foreign exchange contracts and foreign exchange remeasurement gain or loss.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Revenues

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

As of March 31, 2014 and 2013, our commercial real estate assets had a carrying value of $221.1 million and $79.9 million, respectively and are included within interests in joint ventures and partnerships on our condensed consolidated balance sheets. Revenues totaled zero in the first quarter of 2014 compared to $1.5 million in the first quarter of 2013, which represented a dividend payment related to one of our commercial real estate investments.

 

Investment Costs and Expenses

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Certain corporate assets and expenses that are not directly related to an individual segment, including interest expense and related costs on borrowings, are allocated to individual segments based on the investment portfolio balance in each respective segment as of the most recent period-end. Investment costs and expenses increased $0.1 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter in 2013 as a result of commercial real estate asset acquisitions made in 2013 and 2014, thereby increasing the investment portfolio balance and amounts allocated for costs and expenses.

 

Other Income

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Other income increased $8.4 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 due to net unrealized gains on our commercial real estate holdings, which are carried at estimated fair value on our condensed consolidated balance sheets. Net realized and unrealized gains or losses on these holdings are recorded in other income on our condensed consolidated statements of operation.

 

Other Expenses

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

Other expenses are comprised of certain corporate expenses that are not directly related to an individual segment, including base management fees and professional services, but are allocated to individual segments based on the investment portfolio balance in each respective segment as of the most recent period-end. Despite the increase in the commercial real estate portfolio balance, which as described above drives the amount of expenses allocated to the segment, other expenses remained relatively flat in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 primarily due to a decline in total allocable net base management fees expense.

 

Income Tax Provision

 

We intend to continue to operate so that we qualify, for United States federal income tax purposes, as a partnership and not as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. Therefore, we generally are not subject to United States federal income tax at the entity level, but are subject to limited state and foreign taxes. Holders of our common and preferred shares are required to take into account their allocable share of each item of our income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocated to such class of shares for our taxable year end ending within or with their taxable year.

 

We hold equity interests in certain subsidiaries which have elected or intend to elect to be taxed as real estate investment trusts (“REIT subsidiaries”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). A REIT is not subject to United States federal income tax to the extent that it currently distributes its income and satisfies certain asset, income and ownership tests, and recordkeeping requirements, but it may be subject to some amount of federal, state, local and foreign taxes based on its taxable income.

 

We have wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries that are taxable as corporations for United States federal income tax purposes and thus are not consolidated by us for United States federal income tax purposes. For financial reporting purposes, current and deferred taxes are provided for on the portion of earnings recognized by us with respect to our interest in the domestic taxable corporate subsidiaries, because each is taxed as a regular corporation under the Code. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed based on temporary differences between the GAAP consolidated financial statements and the United States

 

64



Table of Contents

 

federal income tax basis of assets and liabilities as of each condensed consolidated balance sheet date. The foreign corporate subsidiaries were formed to make certain foreign and domestic investments from time to time. The foreign corporate subsidiaries are organized as exempted companies incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and are anticipated to be exempt from United States federal and state income tax at the corporate entity level because they restrict their activities in the United States to trading in stock and securities for their own account. They generally will not be subject to corporate income tax in our financial statements on their earnings, and no provision for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was recorded; however, we will be required to include their current taxable income in our calculation of our taxable income allocable to shareholders.

 

CLO 2005-1, CLO 2005-2, CLO 2006-1, CLO 2007-1, CLO 2007-A, CLO 2009-1 and CLO 2011-1 are our foreign subsidiaries that elected to be treated as disregarded entities or partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes. These subsidiaries were established to facilitate securitization transactions, structured as secured financing transactions.

 

Our REIT subsidiaries are not expected to incur a federal tax expense, but are subject to limited state and foreign income tax expense related to the 2014 tax year. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded less than $0.1 million of state and foreign tax expense for our non-corporate subsidiaries. Accordingly, for the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded income tax expense of less than $0.1 million. Cumulative tax assets and liabilities are included in other assets and accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, on our condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

Investment Portfolio

 

Our investment portfolio primarily consists of corporate debt holdings, consisting of corporate loans and corporate debt securities. The details of our corporate debt portfolio are discussed below under “Corporate Debt Portfolio”. Also included in our investment portfolio are our other holdings, including oil and gas working and royalty interests, equity investments, and interests in joint ventures and partnerships, which are all discussed below under “Other Holdings”.

 

The following table summarizes the carrying value of our investment portfolio by strategy as of March 31, 2014 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Bank Loans
& High Yield
Bonds

 

Natural
Resources

 

Special
Situations

 

Mezzanine

 

Commercial
Real Estate

 

Private
Equity

 

Total

 

Corporate loans(1)

 

$

6,105,929

 

$

 

$

226,115

 

$

94,229

 

$

 

$

 

$

6,426,273

 

Securities(2)

 

429,717

 

 

26,287

 

 

 

43,000

 

499,004

 

Equity investments, at estimated fair value(3)

 

85,499

 

7,500

 

79,600

 

9,480

 

 

103,909

 

285,988

 

Oil and gas properties, net

 

 

427,672

 

 

 

 

 

427,672

 

Interests in joint ventures and partnerships

 

 

84,470

 

86,809

 

 

221,072

 

124,024

 

516,375

 

Other assets

 

 

 

5,774

 

330

 

 

75

 

6,179

 

Total

 

$

6,621,145

 

$

519,642

 

$

424,585

 

$

104,039

 

$

221,072

 

$

271,008

 

$

8,161,491

 

 


(1)                                  Includes loans held for sale and loans at estimated fair value. Amounts presented are gross of allowance for loan losses totaling $223.5 million as of March 31, 2014.

 

(2)                                  Excludes our investments in residential mortgage-backed securities with an estimated fair value of $58.8 million.

 

(3)                                  Includes certain marketable equity securities and private equity investments, including bank loans and high yield debt securities which were restructured from debt instruments to equity, for which we elected the fair value option of accounting.

 

The table above reconciles our assets as presented on our condensed consolidated balance sheets to our strategies, which differs from our reportable segments. For segment reporting purposes, the majority of our corporate debt portfolio and equity investments, at estimated fair value are included within our Credit segment. Our Natural Resources and Other segments include our oil and natural gas properties and commercial real estate investments, respectively. Our Natural Resources segment excludes the private equity and interests in joint ventures and partnerships focused on the oil and gas sector (included in equity investments, at estimated fair value and interests in joint ventures and partnerships on our condensed consolidated balance sheets).

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Corporate Debt Portfolio

 

Our corporate debt investment portfolio primarily consists of investments in corporate loans and corporate debt securities. Our corporate loans primarily consist of senior secured, second lien and subordinated loans. The corporate loans we invest in are generally below investment grade and are primarily floating rate indexed to either one-month or three-month LIBOR. Our investments in corporate debt securities primarily consist of fixed rate investments in below investment grade corporate bonds that are senior secured, senior unsecured and subordinated. We evaluate and monitor the asset quality of our investment portfolio by performing detailed credit reviews and by monitoring key credit statistics and trends. The key credit statistics and trends we monitor to evaluate the quality of our investments include credit ratings of both our investments and the issuer, financial performance of the issuer including earnings trends, free cash flows of the issuer, debt service coverage ratios of the issuer, financial leverage of the issuer, and industry trends that have or may impact the issuer’s current or future financial performance and debt service ability.

 

We do not require specific collateral or security to support our corporate loans and debt securities; however, these loans and debt securities are either secured through a first or second lien on the assets of the issuer or are unsecured. We do not have access to any collateral of the issuer of the corporate loans and debt securities, rather the seniority in the capital structure of the loans and debt securities determines the seniority of our investment with respect to prioritization of claims in the event that the issuer defaults on the outstanding debt obligation.

 

Corporate Loans

 

Our corporate loan portfolio had an aggregate par value of $6.6 billion as of March 31, 2014 and $6.9 billion as of December 31, 2013. Our corporate loan portfolio consists of debt obligations of corporations, partnerships and other entities in the form of senior secured loans, second lien loans and subordinated loans.

 

The following table summarizes our corporate loans portfolio stratified by type as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Loans that are not deemed to be held for sale are carried at amortized cost net of allowance for loan losses on our condensed consolidated balance sheets. Loans that are classified as held for sale are carried at the lower of net amortized cost or estimated fair value on our condensed consolidated balance sheets. We also have certain loans that we elected to carry at estimated fair value.

 

Corporate Loans

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

March 31, 2014(1)

 

December 31, 2013(1)

 

 

 

Par

 

Carrying
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Par

 

Carrying
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Senior secured

 

$

6,349,756

 

$

6,224,024

 

$

6,224,024

 

$

6,152,331

 

$

6,374,004

 

$

6,212,663

 

$

6,212,663

 

$

6,128,193

 

Second lien

 

75,373

 

63,090

 

63,090

 

68,490

 

361,520

 

349,523

 

349,523

 

316,783

 

Subordinated

 

158,107

 

132,195

 

132,195

 

133,504

 

156,250

 

130,434

 

130,434

 

125,423

 

Subtotal

 

6,583,236

 

6,419,309

 

6,419,309

 

6,354,325

 

6,891,774

 

6,692,620

 

6,692,620

 

6,570,399

 

Lower of cost or fair value adjustment

 

 

(7,526

)

 

 

 

(15,920

)

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(223,541

)

 

 

 

(224,999

)

 

 

Unrealized gains

 

 

14,490

 

 

 

 

15,019

 

 

 

Total

 

$

6,583,236

 

$

6,202,732

 

$

6,419,309

 

$

6,354,325

 

$

6,891,774

 

$

6,466,720

 

$

6,692,620

 

$

6,570,399

 

 


(1)   Includes loans held for sale and loans carried at estimated fair value.

 

As of March 31, 2014, $6.4 billion par amount, or 97.7%, of our corporate loan portfolio was floating rate and $149.7 million par amount, or 2.3%, was fixed rate. In addition, as of March 31, 2014, $279.9 million par amount, or 4.3%, of our corporate loan portfolio was denominated in foreign currencies, of which 72.6% was denominated in Euros. As of December 31, 2013, $6.7 billion par amount, or 97.8%, of our corporate loan portfolio was floating rate and $148.9 million par amount, or 2.2%, was fixed rate. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, $291.0 million par amount, or 4.2%, of our corporate loan portfolio was denominated in foreign currencies, of which 74.0% was denominated in Euros.

 

As of March 31, 2014, our fixed rate corporate loans had a weighted average coupon of 11.2% and a weighted average years to maturity of 4.8 years, as compared to 11.2% and 5.1 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2013. All of our floating rate corporate loans have index reset frequencies of less than twelve months with the majority resetting at least quarterly. The weighted average coupon on our floating rate corporate loans was 4.6% as of March 31, 2014 and 4.8% as of December 31, 2013, and the weighted average coupon spread to LIBOR of our floating rate corporate loan portfolio was 3.8% as of March 31, 2014 and 3.9% as of December 31, 2013. The weighted average years to maturity of our floating rate corporate loans was 4.2 years and 4.1 years as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

Non-accrual Loans

 

We hold certain corporate loans designated as being non-accrual, impaired and/or in default. Non-accrual loans consist of (i) corporate loans held for investment, including impaired loans, (ii) corporate loans held for sale and (iii) loans carried at estimated fair value. Any of these three classifications may include those loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), which are typically designated as being non-accrual (see “Troubled Debt Restructurings” section below).

 

Loans are placed on non-accrual when there is uncertainty regarding whether future income amounts on the loan will be earned and collected. While on non-accrual status, interest income is recognized using the cost-recovery method, cash-basis method or some combination of the two methods. A loan is placed back on accrual status when the ultimate collectability of the principal and interest is not in doubt. When placed on non-accrual status, previously recognized accrued interest is reversed and charged against current income.

 

The following table summarizes our recorded investment in non-accrual loans as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

 

Loans held for investment

 

$

397,580

 

$

554,442

 

Loans held for sale

 

44,780

 

44,823

 

Loans at estimated fair value

 

13,025

 

24,883

 

Total non-accrual loans

 

$

455,385

 

$

624,148

 

 

The $168.8 million decrease in non-accrual loans from $624.1 million as of December 31, 2013 to $455.4 million as of March 31, 2014 was primarily due to $166.0 million of restructures that occurred during the period. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we recognized $4.2 million and $8.0 million, respectively, of interest income from cash receipts for loans on non-accrual status.

 

Impaired Loans

 

Impaired loans consist of loans held for investment where we have determined that it is probable that we will not recover our outstanding investment in the loan under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans may or may not be in default at the time a loan is designated as being impaired and all impaired loans are placed on non-accrual status. Impaired loans on a recorded investment basis decreased from $554.4 million as of December 31, 2013 to $397.6 million as of March 31, 2014 primarily due to $154.1 million of loans that were extinguished through TDRs.

 

Defaulted Loans

 

Defaulted loans consist of corporate loans that have defaulted under the contractual terms of their loan agreements. The balance of defaulted loans may be comprised of loans held for investment, loans held for sale and loans at estimated fair value. Loans that are held for sale are carried at the lower of amortized cost or estimated market value and, accordingly, no allowance for loan losses is maintained for such loans. In contrast, loans that are specifically identified as being impaired have a specific allocated reserve that represents the excess of the loan’s amortized cost amount over its estimated fair value. Since defaulted loans may primarily consist of loans classified as held for sale and impaired loans consist of only loans held for investment, fluctuations in the balances of defaulted loans will not necessarily correspond to fluctuations in impaired loans.

 

As of March 31, 2014, we held three corporate loans that were in default with a total amortized cost of $46.9 million from one issuer. The $46.9 million total amortized cost was included in loans that comprised the allocated component of our allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2013, we held six corporate loans that were in default with a total amortized cost of $215.7 million from two issuers. Of the $215.7 million total amortized cost, $203.7 million were included in the loans that comprised the allocated component of our allowance for loan losses and $12.0 million were included in loans carried at estimated fair value.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

The recorded investment balance of TDRs at March 31, 2014 totaled $80.3 million, related to four issuers. Comparatively, the recorded investment balance of TDRs at December 31, 2013 totaled $55.4 million, related to three issuers. Loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR are considered impaired, unless accounted for at fair value or the lower of cost or estimated fair value, and are typically placed on non-accrual status, but can be moved to accrual status when, among other criteria, payment in full of all amounts due under the restructured terms is expected and the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of repayment

 

67



Table of Contents

 

performance, typically six months. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $55.3 million and $55.4 million of TDRs were included in non-accrual loans, respectively (see “Non-Accrual Loans” section above). As of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses included specific reserves of $22.1 million related to TDRs.

 

The following table presents the aggregate balance of loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2014

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2013

 

 

 

Number
of TDRs

 

Pre-modification
outstanding
recorded
investment(1)

 

Post-modification
outstanding recorded
investment(1)(2)

 

Number
of TDRs

 

Pre-modification
outstanding
recorded
investment(1)

 

Post-modification
outstanding recorded
investment(1)(3)

 

Troubled debt restructurings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for investment

 

1

 

$

154,075

 

$

 

2

 

$

68,358

 

$

39,430

 

Loans at estimated fair value

 

2

 

41,347

 

24,571

 

1

 

1,670

 

1,229

 

Total

 

 

 

$

195,422

 

$

24,571

 

 

 

$

70,028

 

$

40,659

 

 


(1)

Recorded investment is defined as amortized cost plus accrued interest.

 

 

(2)

Excludes equity securities received from the loans held for investment and/or loans at estimated fair value TDRs with an estimated fair value of $92.0 million and $12.3 million, from the two issuers, respectively.

 

 

(3)

Excludes equity securities received from the loans held for investment TDRs with an estimated fair value of $2.1 million.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we modified an aggregate recorded investment of $195.4 million related to two issuers in restructurings which qualified as TDRs. These restructurings involved conversions of the loans into one of the following: (i) a combination of equity carried at estimated fair value and cash, or (ii) a combination of equity and loans carried at estimated fair value with extended maturities ranging from an additional three to five-year period and a higher spread of 4.0%. Prior to the restructurings, one of the TDRs described above was already identified as impaired and had specific allocated reserves, while the other two were loans carried at estimated fair value. Upon restructuring the impaired loans held for investment, the difference between the recorded investment of the pre-modified loans and the estimated fair value of the new assets plus cash received was charged-off against the allowance for loan losses. The TDRs resulted in $1.1 million of charge-offs, or 76% of the total $1.5 million of charge-offs recorded during the first quarter of 2014.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we modified an aggregate recorded investment of $70.0 million related to three issuers in restructurings which qualified as TDRs. These restructurings involved conversions of the loans into one of the following: (i) new term loans with extended maturities and fixed, rather than floating, interest rates, (ii) equity carried at estimated fair value, or (iii) a combination of equity and loans carried at estimated fair value. The modification involving an extension of maturity date was for an additional four-year period with a higher coupon of 6.8%. Prior to the restructurings, two of the TDRs described above were already identified as impaired and had specific allocated reserves, while the third was a loan carried at estimated fair value. Upon restructuring the impaired loans held for investment, the difference between the recorded investment of the pre-modified loans and the estimated fair value of the new assets was charged-off against the allowance for loan losses. The TDRs resulted in $26.8 million of charge-offs, or 95% of the total $28.3 million of charge-offs recorded during the first quarter of 2013.

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to the issuers whose loans had been modified in a TDR.

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, no loans modified as TDRs were in default within a twelve month period subsequent to their original restructuring.

 

During both the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we modified $1.0 billion amortized cost of corporate loans that did not qualify as TDRs. These modifications involved changes in existing rates and maturities to prevailing market rates/maturities for similar instruments and did not qualify as TDRs as the respective borrowers were not experiencing financial difficulty or seeking (or granted) a concession as part of the modification. In addition, these modifications of non-troubled debt holdings were accomplished with modified loans that were not substantially different from the loans prior to modification.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The following table summarizes the changes in our allowance for loan losses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

224,999

 

$

223,472

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

11,068

 

Charge-offs

 

(1,458

)

(28,313

)

Ending balance

 

$

223,541

 

$

206,227

 

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had an allowance for loan loss of $223.5 million and $225.0 million, respectively. As described under “Critical Accounting Policies”, our allowance for loan losses represents our estimate of probable credit losses inherent in our corporate loan portfolio held for investment as of the balance sheet date. Estimating our allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of management judgment and is based upon a comprehensive review of our loan portfolio that is performed on a quarterly basis. Our allowance for loan losses consists of two components, an allocated component and an unallocated component. The allocated component of our allowance for loan losses pertains to specific loans that we have determined are impaired. We determine a loan is impaired when we estimate that it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. On a quarterly basis we perform a comprehensive review of our entire loan portfolio and identify certain loans that we have determined are impaired. Once a loan is identified as being impaired we place the loan on non-accrual status, unless the loan is already on non-accrual status, and record a reserve that reflects our best estimate of the loss that we expect to recognize from the loan. The expected loss is estimated as being the difference between our current cost basis of the loan, including accrued interest receivable, and the loan’s estimated fair value.

 

The unallocated component of our allowance for loan losses represents our estimate of probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date where the specific loan that the loan loss relates to is indeterminable. We estimate the unallocated component of our allowance for loan losses through a comprehensive quarterly review of our loan portfolio and identify certain loans that demonstrate possible indicators of impairment, including internally assigned credit quality indicators. This assessment excludes all loans that are determined to be impaired and as a result, an allocated reserve has been recorded as described in the preceding paragraph. Such indicators include, but are not limited to, the current and/or forecasted financial performance and liquidity profile of the issuer, specific industry or economic conditions that may impact the issuer, and the observable trading price of the loan if available. All loans are first categorized based on their assigned risk grade and further stratified based on the seniority of the loan in the issuer’s capital structure. The seniority classifications assigned to loans are senior secured, second lien and subordinate. Senior secured consists of loans that are the most senior debt in an issuer’s capital structure and therefore have a lower estimated loss severity than other debt that is subordinate to the senior secured loan. Senior secured loans often have a first lien on some or all of the issuer’s assets. Second lien consists of loans that are secured by a second lien interest on some or all of the issuer’s assets; however, the loan is subordinate to the first lien debt in the issuer’s capital structure. Subordinate consists of loans that are generally unsecured and subordinate to other debt in the issuer’s capital structure.

 

There are three internally assigned risk grades that are applied to loans that have not been identified as being impaired: high, moderate and low. High risk means that there is evidence of possible loss due to the financial or operating performance and liquidity of the issuer, industry or economic concerns specific to the issuer, or other factors that indicate that the breach of a covenant contained in the related loan agreement is possible. Moderate risk means that while there is not observable evidence of possible loss, there are issuer- and/or industry-specific trends that indicate a loss may have occurred. Low risk means that while there is no identified evidence of loss, there is the risk of loss inherent in the loan that has not been identified. All loans held for investment, with the exception of loans that have been identified as impaired, are assigned a risk grade of high, moderate or low.

 

We apply a range of default and loss severity estimates in order to estimate a range of loss outcomes upon which to base our estimate of probable losses that results in the determination of the unallocated component of our allowance for loan losses.

 

As of March 31, 2014, the allocated component of our allowance for loan losses totaled $113.7 million and relates to investments in certain loans issued by three issuers with an aggregate par amount of $422.6 million and an aggregate recorded investment of $397.6 million. As of December 31, 2013, the allocated component of our allowance for loan losses totaled $142.7 million and relates to investments in certain loans issued by four issuers with an aggregate par amount of $594.4 million and an aggregate recorded investment of $554.4 million. The $29.0 million decrease in the allocated component of our allowance for loan losses was primarily due to the extinguishment of loans through TDRs related to a single issuer.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

The unallocated component of our allowance for loan losses totaled $109.9 million and $82.3 million as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. As discussed above, we estimate the unallocated reserve by first categorizing our corporate loans held for investment portfolio based on their assigned risk grade and then based on the seniority of the loan in the issuer’s capital structure. Of the three internally assigned risk grades, as of March 31, 2014, we had no loans issued that we classified as high risk. In comparison, as of December 31, 2013, loans classified as high risk primarily consisted of Modular Space Corporation, which paid off at par its outstanding second lien term loan facility on February 25, 2014.

 

At September 30, 2012, we transferred Texas Competitive Electric Holdings Company LLC (“TXU”), from the high risk grade of the unallocated component to the allocated component of our allowance for loan losses upon determination that the loans were impaired. Management believed it probable that we would be unable to collect all payments due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. To calculate the recovery value of the loans, we estimated the loss as being the difference between our current cost basis of the loan, including accrued interest receivable, and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted using the effective discount rate. At March 31, 2014, the calculation resulted in a specific reserve of $68.2 million related to TXU, or an implied recovery value of approximately 76% of par. As of March 31, 2014, TXU had a total amortized cost of $311.6 million. In addition, we held TXU loans held for sale with a recorded investment of $29.8 million as of March 31, 2014.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we recorded charge-offs totaling $1.5 million and $28.3 million, respectively, comprised primarily of loans modified in TDRs.

 

Loans Held For Sale and the Lower of Cost or Fair Value Adjustment

 

The following table summarizes the changes in our loans held for sale balance for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Loans Held for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

279,748

 

$

128,289

 

Transfers in

 

238,115

 

21,388

 

Transfers out

 

 

 

Sales, paydowns, restructurings and other

 

(15,527

)

(37,533

)

Lower of cost or estimated fair value adjustment(1)

 

8,351

 

(4,749

)

Net carrying value

 

$

510,687

 

$

107,395

 

 


(1)          Represents the recorded net adjustment to earnings for the respective period.

 

As of March 31, 2014, we had $510.7 million of loans held for sale, an increase of $230.9 million from December 31, 2013 due to the transfer of certain loans from held for investment to loans held for sale.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we transferred $238.1 million and $21.4 million amortized cost amount, respectively, of loans from held for investment to held for sale. The transfers of certain loans to held for sale were due to our determination that credit quality of a loan in relation to its expected risk-adjusted return no longer met our investment objective and our determination to reduce or eliminate the exposure for certain loans as part of our portfolio risk management practices. During both the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we transferred no loans held for sale back to loans held for investment. Transfers back to held for investment may occur as the circumstances that led to the initial transfer to held for sale are no longer present. Such circumstances include deteriorated market conditions often resulting in price depreciation or assets becoming illiquid, changes in restrictions on sales and certain loans amending their terms to extend the maturity, whereby we determined that selling the asset no longer met our investment objective and strategy.

 

The following table summarizes the changes in the lower of cost or estimated fair value adjustment for our corporate loans held for sale portfolio for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2014

 

For the three
months ended
March 31, 2013

 

Lower of cost or estimated fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

(15,920

)

$

(14,046

)

Sale, paydown and restructure of loans held for sale

 

43

 

 

Transfer of loans to held for investment

 

 

 

Declines in estimated fair value

 

(58

)

(7,483

)

Recoveries in estimated fair value

 

8,409

 

2,734

 

Ending balance

 

$

(7,526

)

$

(18,795

)

 

70



Table of Contents

 

We recorded an $8.4 million reduction to the  lower of cost or estimated fair value adjustment for the three months ended March 31, 2014 for certain loans held for sale, which had a carrying value of $510.7 million as of March 31, 2014. Comparatively, we recorded a $4.7 million net charge to earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2013 for the lower of cost or estimated fair value adjustment for certain loans held for sale, which had a carrying value of $107.4 million as of March 31, 2013.

 

Concentration Risk

 

Our corporate loan portfolio has certain credit risk concentrated in a limited number of issuers. As of March 31, 2014, approximately 44% of the total amortized cost basis of our corporate loan portfolio was concentrated in twenty issuers, with the three largest concentrations of corporate loans in loans issued by TXU, U.S. Foods Inc. and First Data Corp., which combined represented $842.7 million or approximately 13% of the aggregated amortized cost basis of our corporate loans. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 46% of the total amortized cost basis of our corporate loan portfolio was concentrated in twenty issuers, with the three largest concentrations of corporate loans in loans issued by TXU, Modular Space Corporation and U.S. Foods Inc., which combined represented $935.2 million or approximately 14% of the aggregated amortized cost basis of our corporate loans.

 

Corporate Debt Securities

 

Our corporate debt securities portfolio had an aggregate par value of $519.8 million and $524.3 million as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Our corporate debt securities portfolio consists of debt obligations of corporations, partnerships and other entities in the form of senior secured, senior unsecured and subordinated bonds. Our corporate debt securities are included in securities on our condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

The following table summarizes our corporate debt securities portfolio stratified by type as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

Corporate Debt Securities

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

March 31, 2014(1)

 

December 31, 2013(1)

 

 

 

Par

 

Carrying
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Par

 

Carrying
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Senior secured

 

$

148,407

 

$

134,216

 

$

126,742

 

$

134,216

 

$

183,856

 

$

166,409

 

$

157,637

 

$

166,409

 

Senior unsecured

 

272,320

 

274,857

 

252,840

 

274,857

 

241,381

 

241,368

 

215,875

 

241,368

 

Subordinated

 

99,105

 

89,931

 

89,290

 

89,931

 

99,105

 

89,531

 

89,231

 

89,531

 

Total

 

$

519,832

 

$

499,004

 

$

468,872

 

$

499,004

 

$

524,342

 

$

497,308

 

$

462,743

 

$

497,308

 

 


(1)          In addition to certain corporate debt securities available-for-sale, these amounts include other corporate debt securities carried at estimated fair value, which have unrealized gains and losses recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

As of March 31, 2014, $456.8 million, or 87.9%, of our corporate debt securities portfolio was fixed rate and $63.1 million, or 12.1%, was floating rate. In addition, as of March 31, 2014, $25.1 million par amount, or 4.8%, of our corporate debt securities portfolio, was denominated in foreign currencies, of which 84.4% was denominated in Euros. As of December 31, 2013, $461.3 million, or 88.0%, of our corporate debt securities portfolio was fixed rate and $63.1 million, or 12.0%, was floating rate. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, $26.5 million par amount, or 5.0%, of our corporate debt securities portfolio, was denominated in foreign currencies, of which 85.2% was denominated in Euros.

 

As of March 31, 2014, our fixed rate corporate debt securities had a weighted average coupon of 8.3% and a weighted average years to maturity of 5.1 years, as compared to 7.9% and 5.6 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2013. All of our floating rate corporate debt securities have index reset frequencies of less than twelve months. The weighted average coupon on our floating rate corporate debt securities was 4.3% as of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the weighted average coupon spread to LIBOR of our floating rate corporate debt securities was 4.1% as of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The weighted average years to maturity of our floating rate corporate debt securities was 7.4 years and 7.6 years as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we recorded impairment losses totaling $2.9 million and $5.9 million, respectively, for corporate debt securities that we determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired. These securities were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired either due to our determination that recovery in value was no longer likely or because we decided to sell the respective security in response to specific credit concerns regarding the issuer.

 

As of March 31, 2014, we had a corporate debt security from one issuer in default with an estimated fair value of $6.6 million, which was on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2013, we had a corporate debt security from one issuer in default with an estimated fair value of $25.4 million, which was on non-accrual status.

 

Concentration Risk

 

Our corporate debt securities portfolio has certain credit risk concentrated in a limited number of issuers. As of March 31, 2014, approximately 59% of the estimated fair value of our corporate debt securities portfolio was concentrated in ten issuers, with the three largest concentrations of debt securities in securities issued by JC Penney Corp. Inc., LCI Helicopters Limited and NXP Semiconductor NV, which combined represented $125.1 million, or approximately 25% of the estimated fair value of our corporate debt securities. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 55% of the estimated fair value of our corporate debt securities portfolio was concentrated in ten issuers, with the three largest concentrations of debt securities in securities issued by LCI Helicopters Limited, JC Penney Corp. Inc. and NXP Semiconductor NV, which combined represented $104.5 million, or approximately 21% of the estimated fair value of our corporate debt securities.

 

Other Holdings

 

Our other holdings primarily consist of working and royalty interests, marketable and private equity investments, as well as interests in joint ventures and partnerships.

 

Natural Resources Holdings

 

Working Interests

 

Our natural resources holdings include non-operated working interests in producing oil and natural gas fields located in Louisiana, Mississippi and Texas. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the working interests had a net carrying value of $388.1 million and $359.1 million, respectively, excluding $54.4 million and $50.4 million, respectively, from two assets classified as interests in joint ventures and partnerships on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. These interests are in proved developed, proved undeveloped and unproved properties, with the majority of our proved reserve volumes as natural gas, followed by NGLs and then oil. The acquisition and development of certain working interests was partially financed with borrowings through our 2015 Natural Resources Facility, which had $49.9 million and $50.3 million outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

Royalty Interests

 

In addition to natural resources working interests, we own overriding royalty interests in acreage located in south Texas. The overriding royalty interests include producing oil and natural gas properties. We had approximately 367 and 359 gross productive wells as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, in which we own an overriding royalty interest only, and the acreage is still under development. The overriding royalty interest properties are operated by unaffiliated third parties and as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, had net carrying values of $39.6 million and $41.3 million, respectively.

 

Equity Holdings

 

Equity investments carried at estimated fair value primarily consist of private equity investments. As of March 31, 2014, our equity investments consisted of (i) private equity investments carried at cost (included in other assets on our condensed consolidated balance sheet) with an aggregate cost amount of $0.4 million and an estimated fair value of $5.7 million and (ii) equity investments carried at estimated fair value, with an aggregate cost amount of $256.5 million and an estimated fair value of $286.0 million. In comparison, as of December 31, 2013, our equity investments consisted of (i) private equity investments carried at cost (included in other assets on our condensed consolidated balance sheet) with an aggregate cost amount of $0.4 million and an estimated fair value of $4.5 million and (ii) equity investments carried at estimated fair value, with an aggregate cost amount of $160.6 million and an estimated fair value of $181.2 million.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Interests in Joint Ventures and Partnerships Holdings

 

As of March 31, 2014, our interests in joint ventures and partnerships, which primarily hold assets related to commercial real estate, natural resources and specialty lending, had an aggregate cost amount of $462.5 million and estimated fair value of $516.4 million. As of December 31, 2013, our interests in joint ventures and partnerships had an aggregate cost amount of $406.5 million and estimated fair value of $436.2 million.

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

Our shareholders’ equity at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 totaled $2.6 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively. Included in our shareholders’ equity as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, is accumulated other comprehensive loss totaling $21.4 million and $15.7 million, respectively.

 

Our average common shareholders’ equity and return on average common shareholders’ equity for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $2.2 billion and 18.9%, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $2.0 billion and 18.4%, respectively. Return on average common shareholders’ equity is defined as net income available to common shareholders divided by weighted average common shareholders’ equity.

 

Our book value per common share as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was $10.83 and $10.58, respectively, and was computed based on 204,824,159 common shares issued and outstanding as of both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

Distributions

 

Preferred Shareholders

 

On March 25, 2014, our board of directors declared a cash distribution of $0.460938 per share on our Series A LLC Preferred Shares. The distribution was paid on April 15, 2014 to preferred shareholders as of the close of business on April 8, 2014.

 

Common Shareholders

 

On January 30, 2014, our board of directors declared a cash distribution for the quarter ended December 31, 2013 of $0.22 per share to common shareholders of record on February 13, 2014. The distribution was paid on February 27, 2014.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

We actively manage our liquidity position with the objective of preserving our ability to fund our operations and fulfill our commitments on a timely and cost-effective basis. Although we believe our current sources of liquidity are adequate to preserve our ability to fund our operations and fulfill our commitments, we will continue to evaluate opportunities to issue incremental capital. This may include taking advantage of market opportunities to issue equity or refinance or replace indebtedness, including the issuance of new debt securities and retiring debt pursuant to privately negotiated transactions, open market purchases or otherwise. As of March 31, 2014, we had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaling $185.1 million.

 

Prior to our completed merger with KKR & Co., pursuant to the merger agreement entered into on December 16, 2013, we agreed to conduct our business in the ordinary course and in a manner consistent in all material respects with past practice, subject to certain conditions and restrictions including, but not limited to the entry into certain material contracts or the incurrence of certain indebtedness. In addition, under the merger agreement we were restricted in the amount of distributions that we were able to pay to our common shareholders without the prior consent of KKR & Co.

 

The majority of our investments are held in Cash Flow CLOs. Accordingly, the majority of our cash flows have historically been received from our investments in the mezzanine and subordinated notes of our Cash Flow CLOs. However, during the period in which a Cash Flow CLO is not in compliance with an over-collateralization (“OC Test”) as outlined in its respective indenture, the cash flows we would generally expect to receive from our Cash Flow CLO holdings are paid to the senior note holders of the Cash Flow CLOs. As described in further detail below, as of March 31, 2014, all of our Cash Flow CLOs were in compliance with their respective coverage tests (specifically, their OC Tests and interest coverage (“IC”) tests) and made cash distributions to mezzanine and/or subordinate note holders, including us.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Sources of Funds

 

Cash Flow CLO Transactions

 

As of March 31, 2014, we had nine Cash Flow CLO transactions outstanding. In accordance with GAAP, we consolidate each of our CLO subsidiaries as we have the power to direct the activities of these VIEs, as well as the obligation to absorb losses of the VIEs or the right to receive benefits of the VIEs that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. We utilize CLOs to fund our investments in corporate loans and corporate debt securities.

 

On January 23, 2014, we closed CLO 2013-2, a $384.0 million secured financing transaction maturing on January 23, 2026. We issued $339.3 million par amount of senior secured notes to unaffiliated investors, of which $319.3 million was floating rate with a weighted-average coupon of three-month LIBOR plus 2.16% and $20.0 million was fixed rate at 3.74%. The investments that are owned by CLO 2013-2 collateralize the CLO 2013-2 debt, and as a result, those investments are not available to us, our creditors or shareholders. According to the indenture, the effective and first payment date of CLO 2013-2 will commence in May and July 2014, respectively.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we issued $21.9 million par amount of CLO 2007-1 class E notes for proceeds of $21.9 million. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2014, we issued $29.8 million par amount of CLO 2007-A class G notes for proceeds of $30.2 million and $29.8 million par amount of CLO 2007-A class H notes for proceeds of $30.1 million.

 

On September 27, 2013, we amended the CLO 2011-1 senior loan agreement (the “CLO 2011-1 Agreement”) to upsize the transaction by $300.0 million, of which CLO 2011-1 is now able to borrow up to an incremental $225.0 million. Under the amended CLO 2011-1 Agreement, CLO 2011-1 matures on August 15, 2020 and borrowings under the CLO 2011-1 Agreement bear interest at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.35%.

 

On June 25, 2013, we closed CLO 2013-1, a $519.4 million secured financing transaction maturing on July 15, 2025. We issued $458.5 million par amount of senior secured notes to unaffiliated investors, of which $442.0 million was floating rate with a weighted-average coupon of three-month LIBOR plus 1.67% and $16.5 million was fixed rate at 3.73%. The investments that are owned by CLO 2013-1 collateralize the CLO 2013-1 debt, and as a result, those investments are not available to us, our creditors or shareholders.

 

The indentures governing our Cash Flow CLOs include numerous compliance tests, the majority of which relate to the CLO’s portfolio.

 

In the case of CLO 2011-1, the agreement specifies a par value ratio test (“PVR Test”), whereby if the PVR Test is below 120.0%, up to 50% of all interest collections that otherwise are payable to us are used to amortize the senior loan amount outstanding by the lower of the amount required to bring the PVR Test into compliance and the outstanding loan amount. Similarly, if the PVR Test is below 120.0%, the principal collections that otherwise would be payable to us are used to amortize the senior loan amount outstanding by the lower of the amount required to bring the PVR Test into compliance and the outstanding loan amount. For purposes of the calculation, collateral value is the par value of the assets unless an asset is in default or is a CCC-rated asset in excess of the CCC-rated asset limit percentage specified for CLO 2011-1, in which case the collateral value of such asset is the market value of such asset.

 

The following table summarizes the PVR Test for CLO 2011-1. This information is based on the March 2014 monthly report which is prepared by the independent third party trustee for CLO 2011-1:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

CLO 2011-1

 

Portfolio total

 

$

583,356

 

Par value test minimum

 

120.0

%

Par value test ratio

 

133.4

%

Cushion / (Excess)

 

$

65,594

 

Par value portfolio collateral value

 

$

655,114

 

Outstanding loan balance

 

$

491,266

 

 

In the case of our other Cash Flow CLOs, which vary from CLO 2011-1’s compliance tests, in the event that a portfolio profile test is not met, the indenture places restrictions on the ability of the CLO’s manager to reinvest available principal proceeds generated by the collateral in the CLOs until the specific test has been cured. In addition to the portfolio profile tests, the indentures for these CLOs include OC Tests which set the ratio of the collateral value of the assets in the CLO to the tranches of debt for which

 

74



Table of Contents

 

the test is being measured, as well as interest coverage tests. For purposes of the calculation, collateral value is the par value of the assets unless an asset is in default, is a discounted obligation, or is a CCC-rated asset in excess of the percentage of CCC-rated asset limit specified for each CLO.

 

If an asset is in default, the indenture for each CLO transaction defines the value used to determine the collateral value, which value is the lower of the market value of the asset or the recovery value proscribed for the asset based on its type and rating by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s.

 

A discount obligation is an asset with a purchase price of less than a particular percentage of par. The discount obligation amounts are specified in each CLO and are generally set at a purchase price of less than 80% of par for corporate loans and 75% of par for corporate debt securities.

 

The indenture for each CLO specifies a CCC-threshold for the percentage of total assets in the CLO that can be rated CCC. All assets in excess of the CCC threshold specified for the respective CLO are also included in the OC Tests at market value and not par.

 

Defaults of assets in CLOs, ratings downgrade of assets in CLOs to CCC, price declines of CCC assets in excess of the proscribed CCC threshold amount, and price declines in assets classified as discount obligations may reduce the over-collateralization ratio such that a CLO is not in compliance. If a CLO is not in compliance with an OC Test, cash flows normally payable to the holders of junior classes of notes will be used by the CLO to amortize the most senior class of notes until such point as the OC Test is brought back into compliance. While being out of compliance with an OC Test would not impact our investment portfolio or results of operations, it would impact our unrestricted cash flows available for operations, new investments and cash distributions. As of March 31, 2014, all of our CLOs were in compliance with their respective OC Tests. The following table summarizes several of the material tests and metrics for each of our CLOs. This information is based on the March 2014 monthly reports, which are prepared by the independent third party trustee for each CLO:

 

·                   Investments: The par value of the investments in each CLO plus principal cash in the CLO.

 

·                   Senior IC ratio minimum: Minimum required ratio of interest income earned on investments to interest expense on the senior debt issued by the CLO per the respective CLO’s indenture.

 

·                   Actual senior IC ratio: The ratio is interest income earned on the investments divided by interest expense on the senior debt issued by the CLO.

 

·                   CCC amount: The par amount of assets rated CCC or below (excluding defaults, if any).

 

·                   CCC threshold percentage: Maximum amount of assets in portfolio that are rated CCC without being subject to being valued at fair value for purposes of the OC Tests.

 

·                   Senior OC Test minimum: Minimum senior over-collateralization requirement per the respective CLO’s indenture.

 

·                   Actual senior OC Test: Actual senior over-collateralization amount as of the March 2014 report date.

 

·                   Actual cushion / (excess): Dollar amount that over-collateralization test is being passed, cushion, or failed (excess).

 

·                   Subordinated OC Test minimum: Minimum subordinated over- collateralization requirement per the respective CLO’s indenture.

 

·                   Actual subordinated OC Test: Actual subordinated over- collateralization amount as of the March 2014 report date.

 

·                   Subordinate cushion / (excess): Dollar amount that the OC Test is being passed, cushion, or failed (excess).

 

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

 

CLO 2005-1

 

CLO 2005-2

 

CLO 2006-1

 

CLO 2007-1

 

CLO 2007-A

 

CLO 2012-1

 

CLO 2013-1

 

CLO 2013-2

 

Investments

 

$

369,880

 

$

510,767

 

$

732,263

 

$

3,381,285

 

$

723,948

 

$

401,024

 

$

504,201

 

$

370,799

 

Senior IC ratio minimum

 

115.0

%

125.0

%

115.0

%

115.0

%

120.0

%

115.0

%

115.0

%

115.0

%

Actual senior IC ratio

 

896.0

%

1,158.8

%

429.6

%

527.5

%

608.4

%

277.9

%

305.6

%

n/a

 

CCC amount

 

$

46,199

 

$

60,606

 

$

95,819

 

$

407,328

 

$

61,455

 

$

991

 

$

7,142

 

$

 

CCC percentage of portfolio

 

12.5

%

11.9

%

13.1

%

12.0

%

8.5

%

0.2

%

1.4

%

 

CCC threshold percentage

 

5.0

%

7.5

%

7.5

%

7.5

%

7.5

%

7.5

%

7.5

%

7.5

%

Senior OC Test minimum

 

119.4

%

123.0

%

143.1

%

159.1

%

119.7

%

113.2

%

114.5

%

118.7

%

Actual senior OC Test

 

307.6

%

189.6

%

228.8

%

181.8

%

208.5

%

121.5

%

123.6

%

127.2

%

Cushion / (Excess)

 

$

212,351

 

$

176,220

 

$

254,708

 

$

403,229

 

$

286,055

 

$

27,464

 

$

37,104

 

$

24,788

 

Subordinated OC Test minimum

 

106.2

%

106.9

%

114.0

%

120.1

%

109.9

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Actual subordinated OC Test

 

142.3

%

139.9

%

169.3

%

126.6

%

135.9

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Cushion / (Excess)

 

$

88,127

 

$

118,311

 

$

222,087

 

$

166,513

 

$

128,579

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Credit Facilities

 

Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On November 30, 2012, we entered into the $150.0 million 2015 Facility. We have the right to prepay loans under the 2015 Facility in whole or in part at any time. Loans under the 2015 Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum, or an alternate base rate plus 1.25% per annum. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had zero and $75.0 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding under the 2015 Facility. In connection with the merger with KKR & Co., we terminated the 2015 Facility on April 30, 2014.

 

Asset-Based Borrowing Facility

 

On November 14, 2013, our 2015 Natural Resources Facility was adjusted and reduced to $94.6 million, which is subject to, among other things, the terms of a borrowing base derived from the value of eligible specified oil and gas assets. The borrowing base is subject to certain caps and concentration limits customary for financings of this type. We have the right to prepay loans under the 2015 Natural Resources Facility in whole or in part at any time. Loans under the 2015 Natural Resources Facility bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a tiered applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.75% per annum. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had $49.9 million and $50.3 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding under the 2015 Natural Resources Facility.

 

On February 27, 2013, we entered into the 2018 Natural Resources Facility, that is subject to, among other things, the terms of a borrowing base derived from the value of eligible specified oil and gas assets. On December 20, 2013, the 2018 Natural Resources Facility was adjusted and increased to $42.0 million. We have the right to prepay loans under the 2018 Natural Resources Facility in whole or in part at any time. Loans under the 2018 Natural Resources Facility bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a tiered applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 3.25% per annum. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had no borrowings outstanding under the 2018 Natural Resources Facility.

 

All of our credit facilities contain customary covenants. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we believe we were in compliance with the covenant requirements for our credit facilities.

 

Convertible Debt

 

7.5% Convertible Senior Notes

 

On January 18, 2013, in accordance with the indenture relating to our $172.5 million 7.5% convertible senior notes due January 15, 2017 (“7.5% Notes”), we issued a Termination Notice to holders of the 7.5% Notes whereby we terminated the right to convert the 7.5% Notes to common shares. Per the indenture, we were able to terminate the conversion rights of the notes if the closing price of our shares exceeded 150% of the conversion price then in effect for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which we provide notice of the election to terminate the conversion rights. Holders of $172.5 million 7.5% Notes submitted their notes for conversion for which we satisfied by physical settlement with 26.1 million common shares, or 151.0580 shares per $1,000 principal amount of 7.5% Notes. As set forth in the Termination Notice, the 7.5% Notes were no longer convertible to common shares as of February 17, 2013.

 

Perpetual Preferred Offering

 

On January 17, 2013, we issued 14.95 million of Series A LLC Preferred Shares for gross proceeds of $373.8 million, and net proceeds of $362.0 million. The Series A LLC Preferred Shares trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “KFN.PR” and began trading on January 28, 2013. Distributions on the Series A LLC Preferred Shares are cumulative and are payable, when, as, and if declared by our board of directors, quarterly on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year, at a rate per annum equal to 7.375%.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

 

As of March 31, 2014, we had committed to purchase corporate loans with an aggregate par amount totaling $309.5 million. In addition, we participate in certain financing arrangements, whereby we are committed to provide funding of up to a specific predetermined amount at the discretion of the borrower or have entered into an agreement to acquire interests in certain assets. As of March 31, 2014, we had unfunded financing commitments totaling $15.1 million for corporate loans.

 

We participate in joint ventures and partnerships alongside KKR and its affiliates through which we contribute capital for assets, including development projects related to our interests in joint ventures and partnerships that hold commercial real estate and natural resources investments, as well as specialty lending focused businesses. We estimated these future contributions to total approximately $251.0 million as of March 31, 2014, whereby approximately 64% was related to our credit segment, 30% was related to our other segment and 6% was related to our natural resources segment.

 

As of March 31, 2014, we had investments, held alongside KKR and its affiliates, in real estate entities that were financed with non-recourse debt totaling $297.5 million. Under non-recourse debt, the lender generally does not have recourse against any other assets owned by the borrower or any related parties of the borrower, except for certain specified exceptions listed in the respective loan documents including customary “bad boy” acts. In connection with these investments, joint and several non-recourse “bad boy” guarantees were provided for losses relating solely to specified bad faith acts that damage the value of the real estate being used as collateral. As of March 31, 2014, we also had financial guarantees related to our natural resources investments totaling $17.9 million.

 

PARTNERSHIP TAX MATTERS

 

Non-Cash “Phantom” Taxable Income

 

We intend to continue to operate so that we qualify, for United States federal income tax purposes, as a partnership and not as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. Holders of our shares are subject to United States federal income taxation and generally other taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes, on their allocable share of our taxable income, regardless of whether or when they receive cash distributions. In addition, certain of our investments, including investments in foreign corporate subsidiaries, CLO issuers (which are treated as partnerships, disregarded entities or foreign corporations for United States federal income tax purposes), partnerships generally and debt securities, may produce taxable income without corresponding distributions of cash to us or may produce taxable income prior to or following the receipt of cash relating to such income. In addition, we have recognized and may recognize in the future cancellation of indebtedness income upon the retirement of our debt at a discount. We generally allocate our taxable income and loss using a monthly convention, which means that we determine our taxable income and losses for the taxable year to be allocated to our shares and then prorate that amount on a monthly basis. If the amount of cash distributed to our Series A LLC Preferred Shares in any year exceeds our gross ordinary income for such year, additional gross ordinary income will be allocated to the Series A LLC Preferred Shares in future years until such excess is eliminated. Consequently, in some taxable years, holders of our shares may recognize taxable income in excess of our cash distributions.

 

Furthermore, even if we did not pay cash distributions with respect to a taxable year, holders of our shares may still have a tax liability attributable to their allocation of taxable income from us during such year.

 

Qualifying Income Exception

 

We intend to continue to operate so that we qualify, for United States federal income tax purposes, as a partnership and not as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. In general, if a partnership is “publicly traded” (as defined in the Code), it will be treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. A publicly traded partnership will be taxed as a partnership, however, and not as a corporation, for United States federal income tax purposes so long as it is not required to register under the Investment Company Act and at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year constitutes “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code. We refer to this exception as the “qualifying income exception.” Qualifying income generally includes rents, dividends, interest (to the extent such interest is neither derived from the “conduct of a financial or insurance business” nor based, directly or indirectly, upon “income or profits” of any person), income and gains derived from certain activities related to minerals and natural resources, and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stocks, bonds and real property. Qualifying income also includes other income derived from the business of investing in, among other things, stocks and securities.

 

If we fail to satisfy the “qualifying income exception” described above, items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit would not pass through to holders of our shares and such holders would be treated for United States federal (and certain state and local) income tax purposes as shareholders in a corporation. In such case, we would be required to pay income tax at regular corporate rates on all of our net income. In addition, we would likely be liable for state and local income and/or franchise taxes on all of our

 

77



Table of Contents

 

income. Distributions to holders of our shares would constitute ordinary dividend income taxable to such holders to the extent of our earnings and profits, and these distributions would not be deductible by us. If we were taxable as a corporation, it could result in a material reduction in cash flow and after-tax return for holders of our shares and thus could result in a substantial reduction in the value of our shares and any other securities we may issue.

 

Tax Consequences of Investments in Natural Resources and Real Estate

 

As referenced above, we have made certain investments in natural resources and real estate. It is likely that the income from natural resources investments will be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business with respect to holders of our shares that are not “United States persons” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. Furthermore, any notional principal contracts that we enter into, if any, in connection with investments in natural resources likely would generate income that would be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. In addition, if any REIT subsidiary in which we own an interest recognizes gain on the disposition of a United States real property interest, or if we recognize gain on the disposition of a United States real property interest that we hold through a pass-through entity (including gain from the sale of stock in a REIT subsidiary that invests primarily in real estate), such gain will be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. Further, our investments in real estate through pass-through entities may generate operating income that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business.

 

To the extent our income is treated as effectively connected income, a holder who is a non-United States person generally would be required to (i) file a United States federal income tax return for such year reporting its allocable share, if any, of our income or loss effectively connected with such trade or business and (ii) pay United States federal income tax at regular United States tax rates on any such income. Moreover, if such a holder is a corporation, it might be subject to a United States branch profits tax on its allocable share of our effectively connected income. In addition, distributions to such a holder would be subject to withholding at the highest applicable federal income tax rate to the extent of the holder’s allocable share of our effectively connected income. Any amount so withheld would be creditable against such holder’s United States federal income tax liability, and such holder could claim a refund to the extent that the amount withheld exceeded such holder’s United States federal income tax liability for the taxable year.

 

If we are engaged in a United States trade or business, a portion of any gain recognized by an investor who is a non-United States person on the sale or exchange of its shares may be treated for United States federal income tax purposes as effectively connected income, and hence such holder may be subject to United States federal income tax on the sale or exchange. Moreover, if the fair market value of our investments in United States real property interests, which include our investments in natural resources, real estate and REIT subsidiaries that invest primarily in real estate, represent more than 10% of the total fair market value of our assets, our shares could be treated as United States real property interests. In such case, gain recognized by an investor who is a non-United States person on the sale or exchange of its shares would be treated for United States federal income tax purposes as effectively connected income (unless the gain is attributable to a class of our shares that is regularly traded on a securities market and the non-United States person owns 5% or less of the shares of that class). We do not believe that the fair market value of our investments in United States real property interests represents more than 10% of the total fair market value of our assets at this time. No assurance can be provided that our future investments in United States real property interests will not cause us to exceed the 10% threshold described above. If gain from the sale of our shares is treated as effectively connected income, the holder may be subject to United States federal income and/or withholding tax on the sale or exchange.

 

In addition, all holders of our shares will likely have state tax filing obligations in jurisdictions in which we have made investments in natural resources or real estate (other than through a REIT subsidiary). As a result, holders of our shares will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these various jurisdictions. Further, holders may be subject to penalties if they fail to comply with those requirements. Our current investments may cause our holders to have state tax filing obligations in the following states: Kansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania and West Virginia. We may make investments in other states or non-U.S. jurisdictions in the future.

 

For holders of our shares that are regulated investment companies, to the extent that our income from our investments in natural resources and real estate exceeds 10% of our gross income, then we will likely be treated as a “qualified publicly traded partnership” for purposes of the income and asset diversification tests that apply to regulated investment companies. Although the calculation of our gross income for purposes of this test is not entirely clear, if our calculation of gross income is respected, it is likely that we will not be treated as a “qualified publicly traded partnership” for our 2014 tax year. No assurance can be provided that we will or will not be treated as a “qualified publicly traded partnership” in 2015 or any future year.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

OUR INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT STATUS

 

Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act defines an investment company as any issuer that is, holds itself out as being, or proposes to be, primarily engaged in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act defines an investment company as any issuer that is engaged or proposes to engage in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and owns or proposes to acquire “investment securities” (within the meaning of the Investment Company Act) having a value exceeding 40% of the value of the issuer’s total assets (exclusive of United States government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis (the “40% test”). Excluded from the term “investment securities” are, among others, securities issued by majority-owned subsidiaries unless the subsidiary is an investment company or relies on the exceptions from the definition of an investment company provided by Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act (a “fund”).

 

We are organized as a holding company. We conduct our operations primarily through our majority-owned subsidiaries. Each of our subsidiaries is either outside of the definition of an investment company in Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and 3(a)(1)(C), described above, or excepted from the definition of an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We believe that we are not, and that we do not propose to be, primarily engaged in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and we do not believe that we have held ourselves out as such. We intend to continue to conduct our operations so that we are not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

 

We monitor our holdings regularly to confirm our continued compliance with the 40% test. In calculating our position under the 40% test, we are responsible for determining whether any of our subsidiaries is majority-owned. We treat as majority-owned subsidiaries for purposes of the 40% test entities, including those that issue CLOs, in which we own at least 50% of the outstanding voting securities or that are otherwise structured consistent with applicable SEC staff guidance. Some of our majority-owned subsidiaries may rely solely on the exceptions from the definition of “investment company” found in Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act. In order for us to satisfy the 40% test, our ownership interests in those subsidiaries or any of our subsidiaries that are not majority-owned for purposes of the Investment Company Act, together with any other “investment securities” that we may own, may not have a combined value in excess of 40% of the value of our total assets on an unconsolidated basis and exclusive of United States government securities and cash items. However, many of our majority-owned subsidiaries either fall outside of the general definitions of an investment company or rely on exceptions provided by provisions of, and rules and regulations promulgated under, the Investment Company Act (other than Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act) and, therefore, the securities of those subsidiaries that we own and hold are not investment securities for purposes of the Investment Company Act. In order to conform to these exceptions, these subsidiaries are limited with respect to the assets in which each of them can invest and/or the types of securities each of them may issue. We must, therefore, monitor each subsidiary’s compliance with its applicable exception and our freedom of action relating to such a subsidiary, and that of the subsidiary itself, may be limited as a result. For example, our subsidiaries that issue CLOs generally rely on the exception provided by Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act, while our real estate subsidiaries, including those that are taxed as REITs for United States federal income tax purposes, generally rely on the exception provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act. Each of these exceptions requires, among other things that the subsidiary (i) not issue redeemable securities and (ii) engage in the business of holding certain types of assets, consistent with the terms of the exception. Similarly, any subsidiaries engaged in the ownership of oil and gas assets may, depending on the nature of the assets, be outside the definition of an investment company or rely on exceptions provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) or Section 3(c)(9) of the Investment Company Act. While Section 3(c)(9) of the Investment Company Act does not limit the nature of the securities issued, it does impose business engagement requirements that limit the types of assets that may be held.

 

We do not treat our interests in majority-owned subsidiaries that are outside of the general definition of an investment company or that rely on Section 3(c)(5)(A), (B), (C) or Section 3(c)(9) of, or Rule 3a-7 under, the Investment Company Act as investment securities when calculating our 40% test.

 

We sometimes refer to our subsidiaries that rely on Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act as “CLO subsidiaries.” Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act is available to certain structured financing vehicles that are engaged in the business of holding financial assets that, by their terms, convert into cash within a finite time period and that issue fixed income securities entitling holders to receive payments that depend primarily on the cash flows from these assets, provided that, among other things, the structured finance vehicle does not engage in certain portfolio management practices resembling those employed by management investment companies (e.g., mutual funds). Accordingly, each of these CLO subsidiaries is subject to an indenture (or similar transaction documents) that contains specific guidelines and restrictions limiting the discretion of the CLO subsidiary and its collateral manager. In particular, these guidelines and restrictions prohibit the CLO subsidiary from acquiring and disposing of assets primarily for the purpose of recognizing gains or decreasing losses resulting from market value changes. Thus, a CLO subsidiary cannot acquire or dispose of assets primarily to enhance returns to the owner of the equity in the CLO subsidiary; however, subject to this limitation, sales and purchases of assets may be made so long as doing so does not violate guidelines contained in the CLO subsidiary’s relevant transaction documents. A CLO subsidiary generally can, for example, sell an asset if the collateral manager believes that its credit quality has declined since its acquisition or that the credit profile of the obligor will deteriorate and the proceeds of permitted dispositions may be reinvested in additional collateral, subject to fulfilling the requirements set forth in Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act and the CLO subsidiary’s relevant transaction documents. As a result of these restrictions, our CLO subsidiaries may suffer losses on their assets and we may suffer losses on our investments in those CLO subsidiaries.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

We sometimes refer to our subsidiaries that rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act, as our “real estate subsidiaries.” Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act is available to companies that are primarily engaged in the business of purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate. While the SEC has not promulgated rules to address precisely what is required for a company to be considered to be “primarily engaged in the business of purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate,” the SEC’s Division of Investment Management, or the “Division,” has taken the position, through a series of no-action and interpretive letters, that a company may rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act if, among other things, at least 55% of the company’s assets consist of mortgage loans, other assets that are considered the functional equivalent of mortgage loans and certain other interests in real property (collectively, “qualifying real estate assets”), and at least 25% of the company’s assets consist of real estate-related assets (reduced by the excess of the company’s qualifying real estate assets over the required 55%), leaving no more than 20% of the company’s assets to be invested in miscellaneous assets. The Division has also provided guidance as to the types of assets that can be considered qualifying real estate assets. Because the Division’s interpretive letters are not binding except as they relate to the companies to whom they are addressed, if the Division were to change its position as to, among other things, what assets might constitute qualifying real estate assets our REIT subsidiaries might be required to change its investment strategy to comply with the changed position. We cannot predict whether such a change would be adverse.

 

Based on current guidance, our real estate subsidiaries classify investments in mortgage loans as qualifying real estate assets, as long as the loans are “fully secured” by an interest in real estate on which we retain the unilateral right to foreclose. That is, if the loan-to-value ratio of the loan is equal to or less than 100%, then the mortgage loan is considered to be a qualifying real estate asset. Mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 100% are considered to be only real estate-related assets. Our real estate subsidiaries consider agency whole pool certificates to be qualifying real estate assets. Examples of agencies that issue whole pool certificates are the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Government National Mortgage Association. An agency whole pool certificate is a certificate issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States government or by a federally chartered entity, which represents the entire beneficial interest in the underlying pool of mortgage loans. By contrast, an agency certificate that represents less than the entire beneficial interest in the underlying mortgage loans is not considered to be a qualifying real estate asset, but is considered by our real estate subsidiaries to be a real estate-related asset.

 

Most non-agency mortgage-backed securities do not constitute qualifying real estate assets because they represent less than the entire beneficial interest in the related pool of mortgage loans; however, based on Division guidance, where our real estate subsidiaries’ investment in non-agency mortgage-backed securities is the “functional equivalent” of owning the underlying mortgage loans, our real estate subsidiaries may treat those securities as qualifying real estate assets. Moreover, investments in mortgage-backed securities that do not constitute qualifying real estate assets are classified by our real estate subsidiaries as real estate-related assets. Therefore, based upon the specific terms and circumstances related to each non-agency mortgage-backed security that our real estate subsidiaries own, our real estate subsidiaries will make a determination of whether that security should be classified as a qualifying real estate asset or as a real estate-related asset; and there may be instances where a security is recharacterized from being a qualifying real estate asset to a real estate-related asset, or conversely, from being a real estate-related asset to being a qualifying real estate asset based upon the acquisition or disposition or redemption of related classes of securities from the same securitization trust. If our real estate subsidiaries acquire securities that, collectively, receive all of the principal and interest paid on the related pool of underlying mortgage loans (less fees, such as servicing and trustee fees, and expenses of the securitization), and that subsidiary has unilateral foreclosure rights with respect to those mortgage loans, then our real estate subsidiaries will consider those securities, collectively, to be qualifying real estate assets. If another entity acquires any of the securities that are expected to receive cash flow from the underlying mortgage loans, then our real estate subsidiaries will consider whether it has appropriate foreclosure rights with respect to the underlying loans and whether its investment is a first loss position in deciding whether these securities should be classified as qualifying real estate assets. If our real estate subsidiaries own more than one subordinate class, then, to determine the classification of subordinate classes other than the first loss class, our real estate subsidiaries will consider whether such classes are contiguous with the first loss class (with no other classes absorbing losses after the first loss class and before any other subordinate classes that our real estate subsidiaries own), whether our real estate subsidiaries own the entire amount of each such class and whether our real estate subsidiaries would continue to have appropriate foreclosure rights in connection with each such class if the more subordinate classes were no longer outstanding. If the answers to any of these questions is no, then our real estate subsidiaries would expect not to classify that particular class, or classes senior to that class, as qualifying real estate assets.

 

We have made or may make oil and gas and other mineral investments that are held through one or more subsidiaries and would refer to those subsidiaries as our “oil and gas subsidiaries”. Depending upon the nature of the oil and gas assets held by an oil and gas subsidiary, such oil and gas subsidiary may rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C) or Section 3(c)(9) of the Investment Company Act or may fall outside of the general definition of an investment company. An oil and gas subsidiary that does not engage primarily, propose to engage primarily or hold itself out as engaging primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities will be outside of the general definition of an investment company provided that it passes the 40% test. This may be the case where an oil and gas subsidiary holds a sufficient amount of oil and gas assets constituting real estate interests together with other assets that are not

 

80



Table of Contents

 

investment securities such as equipment. Oil and gas subsidiaries that hold oil and gas assets that constitute real property interests, but are unable to pass the 40% test, may rely on Section 3(c)(5)(C), subject to the requirements and restrictions described above. Alternately, an oil and gas subsidiary may rely on Section 3(c)(9) of the Investment Company Act if substantially all of its business consists of owning or holding oil, gas or other mineral royalties or leases, certain fractional interests, or certificates of interest or participations in or investment contracts relating to such royalties, leases or fractional interests. These various restrictions imposed on our oil and gas subsidiaries by the Investment Company Act may have the effect of limiting our freedom of action with respect to oil and gas assets (or other assets) that may be held or acquired by such subsidiary or the manner in which we may deal in such assets.

 

In addition, we anticipate that one or more of our subsidiaries, will qualify for an exception from registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act pursuant to either Section 3(c)(5)(A) of the 1940 Act, which is available for entities primarily engaged in the business of purchasing or otherwise acquiring notes, drafts, acceptances, open accounts receivable, and other obligations representing part or all of the sales price of merchandise, insurance, and services, and/or Section 3(c)(5)(B) of the 1940 Act, which is available for entities primarily engaged in the business of making loans to manufacturers, wholesalers, and retailers of, and to prospective purchasers of, specified merchandise, insurance, and services and, in each case, the entities are not engaged in the business of issuing redeemable securities, face-amount certificates of the installment type or periodic payment plan certificates. In order to rely on Sections 3(c)(5)(A) and (B) and be deemed “primarily engaged” in the applicable businesses, at least 55% of an issuer’s assets must represent investments in eligible loans and receivables under those sections. We intend to treat as qualifying assets for purposes of these exceptions the purchases of loans and leases representing part or all of the sales price of equipment and loans where the loan proceeds are specifically provided to finance equipment, services and structural improvements to properties and other facilities and maritime and infrastructure projects or improvements. We intend to rely on guidance published by the SEC or its staff in determining which assets are deemed qualifying assets.

 

As noted above, if the combined values of the securities issued to us by any non-majority-owned subsidiaries and our subsidiaries that must rely on Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act, together with any other investment securities we may own, exceed 40% of the value of our total assets (exclusive of United States government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis, we may be deemed to be an investment company. If we fail to maintain an exception, exemption or other exclusion from the Investment Company Act, we could, among other things, be required either (i) to change substantially the manner in which we conduct our operations to avoid being subject to the Investment Company Act or (ii) to register as an investment company. Either of these would likely have a material adverse effect on us, the type of investments we make, our ability to service our indebtedness and to make distributions on our shares, and on the market price of our shares and any other securities we may issue. If we were required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we would become subject to substantial regulation with respect to our capital structure (including our ability to use leverage), management, operations, transactions with certain affiliated persons (within the meaning of the Investment Company Act), portfolio composition (including restrictions with respect to diversification and industry concentration) and other matters. Additionally, our Manager would have the right to terminate our Management Agreement effective the date immediately prior to our becoming an investment company. Moreover, if we were required to register as an investment company, we would no longer be eligible to be treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes. Instead, we would be classified as a corporation for tax purposes and would be able to avoid corporate taxation only to the extent that we were able to elect and qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under applicable tax rules. Because our eligibility for RIC status would depend on our assets and sources of income at the time that we were required to register as an investment company, there can be no assurance that we would be able to qualify as a RIC. If we were to lose partnership status and fail to qualify as a RIC, we would be taxed as a regular corporation. See “Partnership Tax Matters—Qualifying Income Exception”.

 

We have not requested approval or guidance from the SEC or its staff with respect to our Investment Company Act determinations, including, in particular: our treatment of any subsidiary as majority-owned; the compliance of any subsidiary with Section 3(c)(5)(A), (B), (C) or Section 3(c)(9) of, or Rule 3a-7 under, the Investment Company Act, including any subsidiary’s determinations with respect to the consistency of its assets or operations with the requirements thereof; or whether our interests in one or more subsidiaries constitute investment securities for purposes of the 40% test. If the SEC were to disagree with our treatment of one or more subsidiaries as being majority-owned, excepted from the Investment Company Act pursuant to Rule 3a-7, Section 3(c)(5)(A), (B), (C), Section 3(c)(9) or any other exception, with our determination that one or more of our other holdings do not constitute investment securities for purposes of the 40% test, or with our determinations as to the nature of the business in which we engage or the manner in which we hold ourselves out, we and/or one or more of our subsidiaries would need to adjust our operating strategies or assets in order for us to continue to pass the 40% test or register as an investment company, either of which could have a material adverse effect on us. Moreover, we may be required to adjust our operating strategy and holdings, or to effect sales of our assets in a manner that, or at a time or price at which, we would not otherwise choose, if there are changes in the laws or rules governing our Investment Company Act status or that of our subsidiaries, or if the SEC or its staff provides more specific or different guidance regarding the application of relevant provisions of, and rules under, the Investment Company Act. The SEC published on August 31, 2011 an advance notice of proposed rulemaking to potentially amend the conditions for reliance on Rule 3a-7 and the treatment of asset-backed issuers that rely on Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act (the “3a-7 Release”).

 

81



Table of Contents

 

The SEC, in the 3a-7 Release, requested public comment on the nature and operation of issuers that rely on Rule 3a-7 and indicated various steps it may consider taking in connection with Rule 3a-7, although it did not formally propose any changes to the rule. Among the issues for which the SEC has requested comment in the 3a-7 Release is whether Rule 3a-7 should be modified so that parent companies of subsidiaries that rely on Rule 3a-7 should treat their interests in such subsidiaries as investment securities for purposes of the 40% test. The SEC also published on August 31, 2011 a concept release seeking information about the nature of entities that invest in mortgages and mortgage-related pools and public comment on how the SEC staff’s interpretive positions in connection with Section 3(c)(5)(C) affect these entities, although it did not propose any new interpretive positions or changes to existing interpretive positions in connection with Section 3(c)(5)(C). Any guidance or action from the SEC or its staff, including changes that the SEC may ultimately propose and adopt to the way Rule 3a-7 applies to entities or new or modified interpretive positions related to Section 3(c)(5)(C), could further inhibit our ability, or the ability of a subsidiary, to pursue our current or future operating strategies, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

If the SEC or a court of competent jurisdiction were to find that we were required, but failed, to register as an investment company in violation of the Investment Company Act, we may have to cease business activities, we would breach representations and warranties and/or be in default as to certain of our contracts and obligations, civil or criminal actions could be brought against us, our contracts would be unenforceable unless a court were to require enforcement and a court could appoint a receiver to take control of us and liquidate our business, any or all of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

OTHER REGULATORY ITEMS

 

In August 2012, the U.S. Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) adopted a series of rules to establish a new regulatory framework for swaps that may cause certain users of swaps to be deemed commodity pools or to register as commodity pool operators. In October 2012, the CFTC delayed the implementation of the relevant rules until December 31, 2012. Although we believe that KKR Financial Holdings LLC is not a commodity pool, we have requested confirmation of this conclusion from the CFTC. To the extent that any of our subsidiaries may be deemed to be a commodity pool, we believe they should satisfy certain exemptions to these rules available to privately offered entities. However, if the CFTC were to take the position that KKR Financial Holdings LLC is a commodity pool, our directors may be required to register as commodity pool operators. Such registration would add to our operating and compliance costs and could affect the manner in which we use swaps as part of our operating and hedging strategies.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Foreign Currency Risks

 

From time to time, we may make investments that are denominated in a foreign currency through which we may be subject to foreign currency exchange risk. As of March 31, 2014, $305.0 million par amount, or 4.3%, of our corporate debt portfolio was denominated in foreign currencies, of which 73.5% was denominated in Euros. In addition, as of March 31, 2014, $139.7 million aggregate cost, or 19.3%, of interests in joint ventures and partnerships and other assets, which includes our equity investments at estimated fair value, was denominated in foreign currencies, of which 40.6% was denominated in Euros, 27.6% was denominated in the British pound sterling and 14.1% was denominated in Canadian dollars.

 

Based on these investments, we are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates which may impact earnings if the United States dollar significantly strengthens or weakens against foreign currencies. Accordingly, we may use derivative instruments from time to time, including foreign exchange options and forward contracts, to manage the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. As of March 31, 2014, the net contractual notional balance of our foreign exchange options and forward contracts totaled $211.7 million, all of which related to certain of our foreign currency denominated assets. Refer to “Derivative Risk” below for further discussion on our derivatives.

 

Credit Spread Exposure

 

Our investments are subject to spread risk. Our investments in floating rate loans and securities are valued based on a market credit spread over LIBOR and for which the value is affected by changes in the market credit spreads over LIBOR. Our investments in fixed rate loans and securities are valued based on a market credit spread over the rate payable on fixed rate United States Treasuries of like maturity. Increased credit spreads, or credit spread widening, will have an adverse impact on the value of our investments while decreased credit spreads, or credit spread tightening, will have a positive impact on the value of our investments. However, tightening credit spreads will increase the likelihood that certain holdings will be refinanced at lower rates that would negatively impact our earnings.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rate risk is defined as the sensitivity of our current and future earnings to interest rate volatility, variability of spread relationships, the difference in repricing intervals between our assets and liabilities and the effect that interest rates may have on our cash flows and the prepayment rates experienced on our investments that have embedded borrower optionality. The objective of interest rate risk management is to achieve earnings, preserve capital and achieve liquidity by minimizing the negative impacts of changing interest rates, asset and liability mix, and prepayment activity.

 

We are exposed to basis risk between our investments and our borrowings. Interest rates on our floating rate investments and our variable rate borrowings do not reset on the same day or with the same frequency and, as a result, we are exposed to basis risk with respect to index reset frequency. Our floating rate investments may reprice on indices that are different than the indices that are used to price our variable rate borrowings and, as a result, we are exposed to basis risk with respect to repricing index. The basis risks noted above, in addition to other forms of basis risk that exist between our investments and borrowings, could have a material adverse impact on our future net interest margins.

 

Interest rate risk impacts our interest income, interest expense, prepayments, as well as the fair value of our investments, interest rate derivatives and liabilities. We generally fund our variable rate investments with variable rate borrowings with similar interest rate reset frequencies. Based on our variable rate investments and related variable rate borrowings as of March 31, 2014, we estimated that increases in interest rates would impact net income by approximately (amounts in thousands):

 

Change in interest rates

 

Annual Impact

 

Increase of 1.0%

 

$

(20,815

)

Increase of 2.0%

 

$

(4,517

)

Increase of 3.0%

 

$

11,781

 

Increase of 4.0%

 

$

28,079

 

Increase of 5.0%

 

$

44,378

 

 

As of March 31, 2014, approximately 67.1% of our floating rate corporate debt portfolio had LIBOR floors with a weighted average floor of 1.1%. Given these LIBOR floors, increases in short-term interest rates above a certain point beginning between 2% and 3% will result in a greater positive impact as yields on interest-earning assets are expected to rise faster than the cost of funding sources. The simulation above assumes that the asset and liability structure of the condensed consolidated balance sheet would not be changed as a result of the simulated changes in interest rates.

 

We manage our interest rate risk using various techniques ranging from the purchase of floating rate investments to the use of interest rate derivatives. The use of interest rate derivatives is a component of our interest risk management strategy. The contractual notional balance of our interest rate swaps was $469.3 million as of March 31, 2014. Of the $469.3 million, $344.3 million was related to two pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps through certain of our CLOs. These interest rate derivatives consisted of swaps to hedge a portion of the interest rate risk associated with our borrowings under the CLO senior secured notes. The remaining $125.0 million of interest rate swaps were used to hedge a portion of the interest rate risk associated with our floating rate junior subordinated notes. The objective of the interest rate swaps is to eliminate the variability of cash flows in the interest payments of these notes due to fluctuations in the indexed rate. Refer to “Derivative Risk” below for further discussion on our derivatives.

 

Derivative Risk

 

Derivative transactions including engaging in swaps and foreign currency transactions are subject to certain risks. There is no guarantee that a company can eliminate its exposure under an outstanding swap agreement by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party. Also, there is a possibility of default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instrument. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use derivative transactions depends on the ability to predict market movements which cannot be guaranteed. As such, participation in derivative instruments may result in greater losses as we would have to sell or purchase an investment at inopportune times for prices other than current market prices or may force us to hold an asset we might otherwise have sold. In addition, as certain derivative instruments are unregulated, they are difficult to value and are therefore susceptible to liquidity and credit risks.

 

Collateral posting requirements are individually negotiated between counterparties and there is currently no regulatory requirement concerning the amount of collateral that a counterparty must post to secure its obligations under certain derivative instruments. Currently, there is no requirement that parties to a contract be informed in advance when a credit default swap is sold. As a result, investors may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of their claims. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that we may not receive adequate collateral. Amounts paid by us as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to derivative instruments are not available for investment purposes.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the aggregate notional amount and estimated net fair value of our derivative instruments held as of March 31, 2014 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of
March 31, 2014

 

 

 

Notional

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Cash Flow Hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

469,333

 

$

(45,752

)

Free-Standing Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity swaps

 

 

(2,175

)

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

(341,554

)

(25,161

)

Foreign exchange options

 

129,900

 

8,128

 

Common stock warrants

 

 

960

 

Total rate of return swaps

 

 

(115

)

Options

 

 

6,292

 

Total

 

 

 

$

(57,823

)

 

For our derivatives, our credit exposure is directly with our counterparties and continues until the maturity or termination of such contracts. The following table sets forth the estimated net fair values of our primary derivative investments by remaining contractual maturity as of March 31, 2014 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 3 years

 

3 - 5 years

 

More than
5 years

 

Total

 

Cash Flow Hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

(2,701

)

$

 

$

(9,083

)

$

(33,968

)

$

(45,752

)

Free-Standing Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity swaps

 

(4,334

)

2,159

 

 

 

(2,175

)

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

(19,289

)

(4,271

)

(1,591

)

(10

)

(25,161

)

Foreign exchange options

 

8,128

 

 

 

 

8,128

 

Total rate of return swaps

 

(115

)

 

 

 

( 115

)

Total

 

$

(18,311

)

$

(2,112

)

$

(10,674

)

$

(33,978

)

$

(65,075

)

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

Certain of our natural resources holdings, including our working interests in producing oil and natural gas fields are subject to fluctuations in the prices of oil, natural gas and NGL, which may cause our revenues and cash flows to be volatile. As of March 31, 2014, natural gas comprised approximately 58% of our total working interest reserves, while NGL and oil comprised approximately 25% and 17%, respectively. In order to help mitigate the potential exposure and effects of changing commodity prices on our revenues and cash flows from operations, we have entered into, and expect to continue to use, commodity swaps for our working interests. Our policy has been to hedge a substantial portion of the total estimated oil, natural gas and NGL production on our working interests for a specified amount of time. We currently use receive-fixed, pay-floating commodity derivative contracts, specifically oil, natural gas and certain NGL product swaps, for certain years through 2016. Our unhedged production may expose us to commodity price declines or alternatively, provide the potential upside from commodity price increases. Our price hedging strategy and future hedging transactions, including the prices at which we hedge our production, are dependent upon several factors, including expected production and commodities prices at the time we enter into these transactions.

 

We do not designate any of our commodity derivatives as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. As such, the changes in fair value of these instruments are recorded in current period earnings. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had $1.9 million of commodity derivatives settlements, which are settled monthly. The estimated fair value of our net commodity swap liabilities as of March 31, 2014 totaled $2.2 million. As a significant portion of our commodity derivatives hedge our estimated natural gas proved developed producing (“PDP”) production through 2015, a 40% decrease in the future prices of natural gas as compared to the future prices at March 31, 2014 would result in an estimated unhedged PDP production value decrease of approximately $10.5 million or less for any year through 2015. In addition, as we hedge a portion of our estimated total proved oil production through 2015, a 40% decrease in the future price of oil as compared to the future price at March 31, 2014 would result in an estimated unhedged total proved production value decrease of approximately $19.7 million or less for any year through 2015.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

Counterparty Risk

 

We have credit risks that are generally related to the counterparties with which we do business. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt, or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, we may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. These risks of non-performance may differ from risks associated with exchange-traded transactions which are typically backed by guarantees and have daily mark-to-market and settlement positions. Transactions entered into directly between parties do not benefit from such protections and thus, are subject to counterparty default. It may be the case where any cash or collateral we pledged to the counterparty may be unrecoverable and we may be forced to unwind our derivative agreements at a loss. We may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances, thereby reducing liquidity and earnings.

 

Management Estimates

 

The preparation of our financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates, assumptions and judgments are applied in situations including the determination of our allowance for loan losses and the valuation of certain investments. We revise our estimates when appropriate. However, actual results could materially differ from management’s estimates.

 

ITEM 3.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

See discussion of quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk in “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

ITEM 4.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

The Company’s management evaluated, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of March 31, 2014. Based on their evaluation, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2014 were designed and were functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the three months ending March 31, 2014, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

ITEM 1. LEGAL PRECEEDINGS

 

The section entitled “Contingencies” appearing in Note 10 “Commitments and Contingencies” of our condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

For a discussion of our potential risks and uncertainties, see the information under the heading “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 27, 2014. The information presented below updates, and should be read in conjunction with, the risk factors and information disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and subsequent current reports filed with the SEC, which are accessible on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

Following the completion of our acquisition by KKR, we are exempt from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements.

 

Subsequent to our becoming a subsidiary of KKR & Co. L.P. on April 30, 2014, our common stock was delisted from the New York Stock Exchange and, accordingly, are now exempt from several corporate governance standards of the NYSE to which we were previously subject.  Specifically, we are now exempt from: (1) the requirement to hold an annual meeting of shareholders or to prepare a proxy statement, (2) the requirement that there be an audit committee, nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee each composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement of an annual performance evaluation of these committees and (4) the requirement to have in place corporate governance guidelines addressing specific governance matters. In addition, our board of directors will now be elected solely upon the vote or consent of a subsidiary of KKR & Co. L.P., subject to the right of holders of our preferred shares to elect directors in certain limited situations in connection with nonpayment of dividends. Accordingly, holders of securities in our company may not have the same protections afforded to holders of securities in companies that are subject to these corporate governance requirements.

 

ITEM 2 . UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

On January 15, 2014, our non-employee directors deferred $0.1 million of cash compensation in exchange for 5,280 phantom shares pursuant to the KKR Financial Holdings LLC Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation and Share Award Plan. In addition, on February 27, 2014, our non-employee directors deferred $0.1 million of cash distribution in exchange for 11,445 phantom shares pursuant to the KKR Financial Holdings LLC Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation and Share Award Plan. Each phantom share is the economic equivalent of one of our common shares. The phantom shares become payable, in cash or common shares, at our election, upon the earlier of (i) the first day of January following the applicable non-employee director’s termination of service as a director or (ii) an election date pre-selected by the applicable non-employee director, and in any event in cash or common shares, at the election of the applicable non-employee director, upon the occurrence of a change in control of us. The grants made to our non-employee directors were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a) - (2) thereof.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

 

None.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

None.

 

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

 

31.1

 

Chief Executive Officer Certification

31.2

 

Chief Financial Officer Certification

32

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, KKR Financial Holdings LLC has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

KKR Financial Holdings LLC

 

 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ CRAIG J. FARR

 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Craig J. Farr

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ MICHAEL R. MCFERRAN

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Michael R. McFerran

 

 

 

 

 

Date: May 8, 2014

 

 

 

87


Kkr Financial (NYSE:KFN)
Historical Stock Chart
From Jun 2024 to Jul 2024 Click Here for more Kkr Financial Charts.
Kkr Financial (NYSE:KFN)
Historical Stock Chart
From Jul 2023 to Jul 2024 Click Here for more Kkr Financial Charts.